Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • English  (120)
  • 2010-2014  (120)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (118)
  • London : Palgrave Macmillan UK
  • Philosophy (General)  (94)
  • Education, Higher  (26)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    ISBN: 9789400768697
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 262 p. 5 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Positive nations and communities
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Quality of Life ; Applied psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology
    Abstract: Preface; Ruut Veenhoven -- Introduction: Towards a Participatory and Ethical Consciousness in Positive Psychology; Helena Águeda Marujo and Luis Miguel Neto -- Part I. Introductory Perspectives -- Chapter 1. Two Images: Rhizome and the Gift Exchange in Life and Service; Christopher J. Kinman -- Chapter 2. Positive Institutions, Communities, and Nations: Methods and Internationalizing Positive Psychology Concepts; Grant J. Rich -- Part II. Display of Psychological Attributes: From Personal to Social.- Chapter 3. The Altruism Spiral: An Integrated Model for a Harmonious Future; Lawrence Soosai-Nathan and Antonella Delle Fave -- Chapter 4. The Importance of Friendship in the Construction of Positive Nations; Graciela Tonon and Lía Rodriguez de la Vega -- Chapter 5. Satsang: A Culture Specific Effective Practice for Well-Being; Kamlesh Singh, Anjali Jain and Dalbir Singh -- Chapter 6. Co-curricular Activities and Student Development: How Positive Nations encourage students to pursue careers in Psychology; Mercedes A. McCormick, Grant J. Rich, Deborah Harris O'Brien and Annie Chai.- Part III. Realization: From Individual to Collective -- Chapter 7. The European Championship as a Positive Festivity: Changes in Strenghts of Character Before, During and After the Euro 2008 in Switzerland; René Proyer, Fabian Gander, Sara Wellenzohn and Willibald Ruch.- Chapter 8. Positive Psychology and Interpersonal Forgiveness within Cultures; Julio R. Neto, Robert Enright, Bruna Seibel and Silvia Koller -- Chapter 9. South Africa's Truth and Reconciliation Process as Applied Positive Psychology in Nation Building; Marié P. Wissing and Q. Michael Temane.- Part IV- Agency: From Passive to Active -- Chapter 10. Gross National Happiness: A Case Example of a Himalayan Kingdom’s Attempt to Build Positive Nations; George W. Burns -- Chapter 11. The Revolution of Happiness and the Happiness of Political Revolutions: Reflections around the Portuguese Case; Miguel Pereira Lopes, Patricia Jardim da Palma and Telmo Ferreira Alves.- Chapter 12. Positive Community Psychology and Positiv Community Development: Research and Intervention as Transformative Appreciative Actions; Luis Miguel Neto and Helena Águeda Marujo.-Chapter 13. From South West Africa to Namibia: Subjective Well-Being Twenty-one Years after Independence; S. Rothmann and Martina Perstling.
    Abstract: This book approaches the field of positive psychology from a post-modern perspective. It explores the consequences of combining current trends and models with supplementary participatory and transformative methods. The book brings a more collective, qualitative, culturally sensitive and transformative approach to the processes of making sense and implementing the science of positive psychology. It moves beyond the individual level towards a “knowledge community” and “knowledge of the communities”. The book is an invitation to more participatory and polyphonic dialogues in the field of positive psychology.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Ruut VeenhovenIntroduction: Towards a Participatory and Ethical Consciousness in Positive Psychology; Helena Águeda Marujo and Luis Miguel Neto -- Part I. Introductory Perspectives -- Chapter 1. Two Images: Rhizome and the Gift Exchange in Life and Service; Christopher J. Kinman -- Chapter 2. Positive Institutions, Communities, and Nations: Methods and Internationalizing Positive Psychology Concepts; Grant J. Rich -- Part II. Display of Psychological Attributes: From Personal to Social.- Chapter 3. The Altruism Spiral: An Integrated Model for a Harmonious Future; Lawrence Soosai-Nathan and Antonella Delle Fave -- Chapter 4. The Importance of Friendship in the Construction of Positive Nations; Graciela Tonon and Lía Rodriguez de la Vega -- Chapter 5. Satsang: A Culture Specific Effective Practice for Well-Being; Kamlesh Singh, Anjali Jain and Dalbir Singh -- Chapter 6. Co-curricular Activities and Student Development: How Positive Nations encourage students to pursue careers in Psychology; Mercedes A. McCormick, Grant J. Rich, Deborah Harris O'Brien and Annie Chai.- Part III. Realization: From Individual to Collective -- Chapter 7. The European Championship as a Positive Festivity: Changes in Strenghts of Character Before, During and After the Euro 2008 in Switzerland; René Proyer, Fabian Gander, Sara Wellenzohn and Willibald Ruch.- Chapter 8. Positive Psychology and Interpersonal Forgiveness within Cultures; Julio R. Neto, Robert Enright, Bruna Seibel and Silvia Koller -- Chapter 9. South Africa's Truth and Reconciliation Process as Applied Positive Psychology in Nation Building; Marié P. Wissing and Q. Michael Temane.- Part IV- Agency: From Passive to Active -- Chapter 10. Gross National Happiness: A Case Example of a Himalayan Kingdom’s Attempt to Build Positive Nations; George W. Burns -- Chapter 11. The Revolution of Happiness and the Happiness of Political Revolutions: Reflections around the Portuguese Case; Miguel Pereira Lopes, Patricia Jardim da Palma and Telmo Ferreira Alves.- Chapter 12. Positive Community Psychology and Positiv Community Development: Research and Intervention as Transformative Appreciative Actions; Luis Miguel Neto and Helena Águeda Marujo.-Chapter 13. From South West Africa to Namibia: Subjective Well-Being Twenty-one Years after Independence; S. Rothmann and Martina Perstling.      .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789401787369
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 251 p. 2 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advancing Global Bioethics 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Religion (General)
    Abstract: With the advance of biomedicine, certain individuals and groups are vulnerable because of their incapacities to defend themselves. The International Bioethics Committee as a UNESCO working group has for the last several years dedicated to deepen this principle of human vulnerability and personal integrity. This book serves to supplement this effort with a religious perspective given a great number of the world’s population is affiliated with some religious traditions. While there is diversity within each of these traditions, all of them carry in them the mission to protect the weak, the underprivileged, and the poor. Thus, here presented is a collection of papers written by bioethics experts from six major world religions-Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism, Hinduism, Islam, and Judaism-who were gathered to discuss the meaning and implications of the principle of vulnerability in their respective traditions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; Chapter-1; Introduction: The Principle of Vulnerability: Meeting Ground of Six Religions; Bibliography; Part I; General Considerations on the Principle of Vulnerability in Bioethics; Chapter-2; Vulnerability: How did the principle Come About?; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 A New Principle; 2.3 The Difficult Process of Revision of the Declaration; 2.4 Immediate Approval of the Principle; 2.5 Towards a Report on the Principle; References; Chapter-3; The Principle of Vulnerability in the UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Introduction3.2 The Emergence of Vulnerability in Authoritative Bioethics Documents; 3.2.1 The Belmont Report; 3.2.2 The CIOMS Guidelines; 3.2.3 The Declaration of Helsinki; 3.2.4 The Universal Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights; 3.3 Controversial Dimensions of Vulnerability; 3.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter-4; Vulnerability: Considerations on the Appropriate Use of the Term in Bioethics; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Some Uses of "vulnerability"; 4.3 A Key to Interpretation: Vulnerability and Corporeality; 4.4 Vulnerability and Desire: A False Source of Vulnerability; 4.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart II; Religious Perspectives of Vulnerability from Philosophical, Ethical and Legal Points of View; Chapter-5; Vulnerability, Compassion, and Ethical Responsibility: A Buddhist Perspective on the Phenomenology of Illness and Health; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Suffering Body as an Interpretative "Text"; 5.3 Compassion: The Irreducibility of Ethical Responsibilities; 5.4 The Phenomenology of Illness and the Healing Process; 5.5 Summary; References; Chapter-6; The Ethical and the Legal Aspects of Vulnerability in the Christian Perspective; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Vulnerability and Otherness6.3 Vulnerability and Agape; References; Chapter-7; Family as First Bulwark for the Vulnerable: Confucian Perspectives on the Anthropology and Ethics of Human Vulnerability; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 The Confucian Family-centric Vision; 7.3 Family Co-determination as the First Bulwark Protecting Patients; 7.4 Hong Kong as Illustration; 7.4.1 When Patients are Competent; 7.4.2 Two Illustrations; 7.4.3 Disrespect for the Patient's Will; 7.5 Conclusion; Bibliography; Chapter-8; Between Tradition and Modernity: Bioethics, Human Vulnerability and Social Change
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.1 The Hindu Tradition8.2 Religion; 8.3 Social Divisions in the Hindu Culture; 8.4 Sources of Strength and Protection; 8.4.1 Sources of Vulnerabilities; 8.5 Social and Political Change; 8.5.1 Reform Movements; 8.5.2 The New Rulers; 8.5.3 After Independence; 8.6 Bioethical Challenges for the Twenty-First Century; 8.7 Conclusion; References; 9.1 Introduction; Chapter-9; Human Vulnerability in Islam; 9.2 Vulnerability and Weakness: Our Human Condition; 9.3 Children and Women: Rights and Needsto be Protected; 9.4 Extending Mercy to the Elderly and the Sick; 9.5 Medical Care and Bioethical Issues
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.6 Concluding Remarks
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    ISBN: 9789401791038
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 208 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Responsibility in nanotechnology development
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Nanotechnology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Nanotechnology ; Nanotechnologie ; Nanotechnologie
    Abstract: This book disentangles the complex meanings of responsibility in nanotechnology development by focusing on its theoretical and empirical dimensions. The notion of responsibility is extremely diversified in the public discourse of nanoscale technologies. Addressed are major disciplinary perspectives working on nanotechnology, e.g. philosophy, sociology, and political science, as well as the major multidisciplinary areas relevant to the innovation process, e.g. technology assessment and ethics. Furthermore, the interplay between such expertises, disciplines, and research programmes in providing a multidisciplinary understanding of responsibility is emphasized
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction. Nanotechnologies and the quest for responsibility; Simone Arnaldi, Arianna Ferrari, Paolo Magaudda, Francesca MarinPart 1 Scrutinizing responsibility. Theoretical explorations into an entangled concept -- Responsibility and visions in the new and emerging technologies; Arianna Ferrari, Francesca Marin -- Features of intergenerational moral responsibility in the age of the emerging technologies; Silvia Zullo -- The Role of responsible stewardship in nanotechnology and synthetic biology; Ilaria Anna Colussi -- Part 2 Technology assessment  and public engagement -- Technology assessment beyond toxicology - the case of nanomaterials; Torsten Fleischer, Jutta Jahnel, Stefanie B. Seitz -- Ethics Research Committees in reviewing nanotechnology clinical trials protocol; Viviana Daloiso, Antonio G. Spagnolo.-Governance of Nanotechnology: engagement and public participation; Giuseppe Pellegrini -- Part 3 Representations and arrangements of responsibility -- Value chain responsibility in emerging technologies; Colette Bos, Harro van Lente -- On being responsible: Multiplicity in responsible development; Sarah R. Davies, Cecilie Glerup, Maja Horst -- Nanotechnology and configurations of responsibilities in boundary organizations; Paolo Magaudda -- Who is responsible? Nanotechnology and responsibility in the Italian daily press; Simone Arnaldi -- Epilogue: Nanotechnology beyond nanotechnologies Responsible Research and Innovation: an emerging issue in research policy rooted in the debate on nanotechnology; Armin Grunwald -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9789401791595
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 225 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Language and languages ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Language and languages ; Education, Higher ; Hochschuldidaktik ; Curriculumreform ; Fremdsprachenunterricht
    Abstract: This volume addresses critical challenges and issues facing foreign language departments in colleges and universities across the U.S. It presents the insights of individuals who have built or are in the process of building foreign language curricula during a major transition period in postsecondary institutions. The authors of this volume come from various language departments and institutional experience from across the U. S., including private and public postsecondary foreign language teachers, researchers and administrators. The chapters address issues and provide templates for curricular change at all learning levels. The five sections of this book explore: Changing Perceptions about Foreign Language Learning; The Case for a Multi-literacy FL Curriculum in Concept and Assessment Praxis; Curricular Transformations: Historical Hurdles and Faculty Heuristics; Rethinking the Graduate Curriculum; Foreign Languages' Integration into the Interdisciplinary University. “This thought-provoking and timely volume addresses the question of how historic and current disciplinary, institutional and political conditions affect curricular transformation in collegiate foreign language programs. Responding to the issues raised in the 2007 MLA Report, this collection of nine essays presents a diversity of curricular models and approaches from different theoretical perspectives focusing on the integration of language and content. The book will undoubtedly be of great interest to a broad audience, such as foreign language educators, curriculum designers, administrators, graduate students, and researchers.” Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Yale College, CT, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsIntroduction: On Language and Content: The Stakes of Curricular Transformation in Collegiate Foreign Language Education -- PART I Contexts: Drivers for Curricular Change -- 1. From Language to Literacy: The Evolving Concepts of Foreign Language Teaching at American Colleges and Universities since 1945 -- 2. The Discourse of Foreignness in U.S. Language Education -- PART II Insights: Making Curricular Transformation Work -- 3. Curricular Integration and Faculty Development: Teaching Language-Based Content across the Foreign Language Curriculum -- 4. Program Sustainability through Interdisciplinary Networking: On Connecting Foreign Language Programs with Sustainability Studies and Other Fields -- 5. Are Global, International and Foreign Language Studies Connected? -- 6. Integrating Business and Foreign Languages: The Lauder Institute and Advanced Language Education -- PART III Outlook: Strategies Facilitating a Curricular Transformation for Multi literacies -- 7. Mapping New Classrooms in Literacy-Oriented Foreign Language Teaching and Learning: The Role of the Reading Experience -- 8. Foreign Language Teaching Assistant Professional Development: Challenges and Strategies Meeting the 2007 MLA Report Call’s for Change -- 9. Discipline, Institution and Assessment: The Graduate Curriculum, Credibility and Accountability.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788601
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 334 p. 44 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Outstanding Contributions to Logic 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science
    Abstract: This volume is dedicated to Leo Esakia's contributions to the theory of modal and intuitionistic systems. Consisting of 10 chapters, written by leading experts, this volume discusses Esakia’s original contributions and consequent developments that have helped to shape duality theory for modal and intuitionistic logics, and to utilize it to obtain some major results in the area. Beginning with a chapter which explores Esakia duality for S4-algebras, the volume goes on to explore Esakia duality for Heyting algebras and its generalizations to weak Heyting algebras and implicative semilattices. The book also dives into the Blok-Esakia theorem and provides an outline of the intuitionistic modal logic KM which is closely related to the Gödel-Löb provability logic GL. One chapter scrutinizes Esakia’s work interpreting modal diamond as the derivative of a topological space within the setting of point-free topology. The final chapter in the volume is dedicated to the derivational semantics of modal logic and other related issues
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceIntroduction -- Esakia’s Biography -- Canonical extensions, Esakia spaces, and universal models; Mai Gehrke -- Free modal algebras revisited: the step-by-step method; Nick Bezhanishvili, Silvio Ghilardi, and Mamuka Jibladze -- Easkia duality and its extensions; Sergio A. Celani and Ramon Jansana -- On the Blok-Esakia Theorem; Frank Wolter and Michael Zakharyaschev -- Modal logic and the Vietoris functor; Yde Venema and Jacob Vosmaer -- Logic KM: A Biography; Alexei Muravitsky -- Constructive modalities with provability smack; Tadeusz Litak -- Cantor-Bendixson properties of the assembly of a frame; Harold Simmons -- Topological interpretations of provability logic; Lev Beklemishev and David Gabelaia -- Derivational modal logics with the difference modality; Andrey Kudinov and Valentin Shehtman -- Esakia’s Bibliography.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400773264
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 204 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Finance ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Finance
    Abstract: The aim of this book is to deepen our understanding of financial crimes as phenomena. It uses concepts of existential philosophies that are relevant to dissecting the phenomenon of financial crimes. With the help of these concepts, the book makes clear what the impact of financial crimes is on the way a human being defines himself or the way he focuses on a given notion of humankind. The book unveils how the growth of financial crimes has contributed to the increase of the anthropological gap, and how the phenomenon of financial crimes now distorts the way we understand humankind. Using the existential philosophies of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Jaspers, Buber, Heidegger, Marcel, Tillich, and Sartre, the book sheds light on how these philosophies can help to better perceive and describe financial crimes. The book provides readers with existential principles that will help them be more efficient when they have to design and implement prevention strategies against corporate crime
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionChapter 1- Existential/Existentiell Philosophy -- 1.1 The Precursors of Existential/Existentiell Philosophy (Kierkegaard, Nietzsche) -- 1.2 Existentiell-Ontical Philosophy (Jaspers, Buber, Marcel) -- 1.3 Existentialism (Sartre) -- 1.4 Existential-Ontological Philosophy (Heidegger) -- Chapter 2- Nietzsche and Informal Value Transfer Systems (IVTS) -- The Will to Truth -- The Nietzschean Will to Power : The Way Beyond Morality -- The Nietzschean Way Beyond Nihilism -- Informal Value Tranfer Systems (IVTS) and Nietzsche’s interpretation of interpretation -- Chapter 3- Kierkegaard and the Aesthetic/Ethical Life-View : The Issue of Money Laundering -- 3.1 Kierkegaard’s Notions of Aesthetic and Ethical Life -- 3.2Moral Reasoning and the Phenomenon of Money Laundering -- Chapter 4- Jaspers and Buber about Communication : The Issue of Bribery -- Jaspers’ View on Truth and Communication -- Buber’s View on Dialogue -- Bribery as Distorted Communication -- Chapter 5- A Heideggerian and Marcellian View on Technology : The Philosophical Challenge of Cybercrime -- Heidegger’s View on the Essence of Technology -- Marcel’s View on Technology -- Cybercrime and the Relevance of Heidegger’s and Marcel’s Philosophy -- Chapter 6- Tillichian Courage to Be, or How to Fight Fraudulent Practices : Tillich and Existentialism -- The Courage to Resist Non-Being -- The Interdependence between the Courage to Be Oneself and the Courage to Be a Part of Conmmunity -- The Courage of Despair and the Courage to Accept God’s Acceptance -- The Courage to Be and Fraudulent Practices -- Chapter 7- Organizational Life as Narrative : A Sartrean View on Prevention Strategies Against Financial Crimes -- Organizational Life as Narrative -- Fighting Financial Crimes and Pursuing the Main Objectives of Communicational Exchanges Within Organizational Life -- The Other as Partner of Communicational Exchange Within Organizational Life -- Conclusion -- Bibliography.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9789400775633
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 366 p. 25 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 367
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Explanation in the special sciences
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Biologie ; Geschichtswissenschaft ; Interdisziplinarität
    Abstract: Biology and history are often viewed as closely related disciplines, with biology informed by history, especially in its task of charting our evolutionary past. Maximizing the opportunities for cross-fertilization in these two fields requires an accurate reckoning of their commonalities and differences-precisely what this volume sets out to achieve. Specially commissioned essays by a team of recognized international researchers cover the full panoply of topics in these fields and include notable contributions on the correlativity of evolutionary and historical explanations, applying to history the latest causal-mechanical approach in the philosophy of biology, and the question of generalized laws that might pertain across the two subjects. The collection opens with a vital interrogation of general issues on explanation that apart from potentially fruitful areas of interaction (could the etiology of the causal-mechanical perspective in biology account for the historical trajectory of the Roman Empire?) this volume also seeks to chart relative certainties distinguishing explanations in biology and history. It also assesses techniques such as the use of probabilities in biological reconstruction, deployed to overcome the inevitable gaps in physical evidence on early evolution. Methodologies such as causal graphs and semantic explanation receive in-depth analysis. Contributions from a host of prominent and widely read philosophers ensure that this new volume has the stature of a major addition to the literature
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction - Points of Contact between Biology and History; Marie I. Kaiser and Daniel PlengePart I. General Issues on Explanation -- 2. The Ontic Account of Scientific Explanation; Carl F. Craver -- Part II Explanation in the Biological Sciences -- 3. Causal Graphs and Biological Mechanisms; Alexander Gebharter and Marie I. Kaiser -- 4. Semiotic Explanation in the Biological Sciences; Ulrich Krohs -- 5. Mechanisms, Pathomechanisms, and Disease in Scientific Clinical Medicine; Gerhard Müller-Strahl -- 6. The Generalizations of Biology: Historical and Contingent?; Alexander Reutlinger -- 7. Evolutionary Explanations and the Role of Mechanisms; Gerhard Schurz -- Part III Explanation in the Historical Sciences -- 8. Explaining Roman History - A Case Study; Stephan Berry -- 9. Causal Explanation and Historical Meaning: How to Solve the Problem of the Specific Historical Relation between Events; Doris Gerber -- 10. Do Historians Study the Mechanisms of History? A Sketch; Daniel Plenge -- 11. Philosophy of History - Metaphysics and Epistemology; Oliver R. Scholz -- 12. Causal Explanations of Historical Trends; Derek D. Turner -- Part IV Bridging the Two Disciplines -- 13. Aspects of Human Historiographic Explanation: A View from the Philosophy of Science; Stuart Glennan -- 14. History and the Sciences; Philip Kitcher and Daniel Immerwahr -- 15 Explanation and Intervention in Coupled Human and Natural Systems; Daniel Steel -- 16. Biology and Natural History: What Makes the Difference; Aviezer Tucker.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788168
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 273 p. 8 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Ethics and the arts
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Künste ; Ethik ; Ästhetik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This book proposes that the highest expression of ethics is an aesthetic. It suggests that the quintessential performance of any field of practice is an art that captures an ethic beyond any literal statement of values. This is toadvocate for a shift in emphasis,away from current juridical approaches to ethics (ethicalcodes or regulation), toward ethics as an aesthetic practice-away from ethics as a minimal requirement, toward ethics as an aspiration. The book explores the relationship between art and ethics: a subject that has fascinated philosophers from ancient Greece to the present. It explores this relationship in all the arts: literature, the visual arts, film, the performing arts, and music. It also examines current issues raised by ‘hybrid’ artists who are working at the ambiguous intersections between art, bioart and bioethics and challenging ethical limits in working with living materials. In considering these issues the book investigates the potential for art and ethics to be mutually challenged and changed in this meeting. The book is aimed at artists and students of the arts, who may be interested in approaching ethics and the arts in a new way. It is also aimed at students and teachers of ethics and philosophy, as well as those working in bioethics and the health professions. It will have appeal to the ‘general educated reader’ as being current, of considerable interest, and offering a perspective on ethics that goes beyond a professional context to include questions about how one approaches ethics in one’s own life and practices
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; References; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction : Ethics and the Arts; Reference; Part I: The Arts and Ethics; Chapter 2: Literature and Ethics: Learning to Read with Emma Bovary; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Historical Background; 2.3 The Work; 2.4 Conclusion: The Ethics of Reading; References; Chapter 3: Music and Morality; 3.1 Music, Morality, and Philosophy ; 3.2 The Deep Diversity of Musical Practices; 3.3 Musical Resources and Morality; 3.4 Music, Ethos, and Education; References; Chapter 4: Modern Painting and Morality; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Morality in 'Early Modern' Painting
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 The Moral Universe: Gathering of the Ashes4.2.2 Two Bathshebas; 4.3 Modern Painting to 1980; 4.3.1 The Beginnings of Modern Painting; 4.3.2 Rothko; 4.3.3 Andy Warhol; 4.4 Modern Painting from a Moral Perspective; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: The Photograph Not as Proof but as Limit; 5.1 Roland Barthes's Camera Lucida; 5.2 Josh Azzarella and Trevor Paglen; 5.3 Unknowability, Mystery, and Ethical Viewing; References; Chapter 6: Of Redemption: The Good of Film Experience; 6.1 Encountering Cinema; 6.2 Intersecting Ethics; 6.3 Redeeming Cinema and Ethics; 6.4 Risking Redemption
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 7: Movies and Medical Ethics; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Film as a Starting Point for Studying Medical Ethics; 7.3 Engaging Viewers and Delivering Messages Cinematographically; 7.4 Extracted Sequences Illustrate Memorable Moments of a Film's Narrative; 7.5 The Value of Informed Awareness; 7.6 Aesthetics; A Valuable Addition to the Message; 7.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: The House of the Dead-The Ethics and Aesthetics of Documentary; 8.1 The Poem; 8.2 Three Characters-Jaime, Antonio and Almerindo; 8.2.1 Almerindo Act 1: 'The bells'; 8.2.2 Jaime Act 2: 'The deaths'
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2.3 Antonio Act 3: 'The forgotten'8.3 Activist Documentary Making; References; Chapter 9: Embracing the Unknown, Ethics and Dance; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Spinoza's Ethics; 9.3 Training and Technique; 9.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 10: Burning Daylight : Contemporary Indigenous Dance, Loss and Cultural Intuition; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Marrugeku; 10.3 Burning Daylight Production Outline; 10.4 Contemporary Dance in a Context of Loss and Forced Removal; 10.4.1 Case Study: Researching Burning Daylight ; 10.5 Negotiating the Contemporary in the Native Title Era; 10.5.1 Case Study: Rubibi
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.5.2 Case Study: Memory of Tradition10.6 The Art of Listening; References; Chapter 11: Toward an Intersubjective Ethics of Acting and Actor Training; 11.1 Considering the Intersubjective Space 'Between' in One Performance; 11.1.1 Phenomenological Perspectives on Intersubjectivity; 11.2 Theatre and Ethics: A Brief Overview; 11.3 The Postmodern Condition and Ethics; 11.3.1 Levinas' Ethics of Ethics ; References; Chapter 12: Politics and Ethics in Applied Theatre: Face-to-­Face and Disturbing the Fabric of the Sensible; 12.1 Facing the Other; 12.2 Political Affects
    Description / Table of Contents: 12.3 Sensitising Through Participatory Theatre
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9789400768307
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 410 p. 42 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Teaching and research in contemporary higher education
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Universities and colleges ; Research institutes ; Universities and colleges ; Professional staff ; Academic freedom ; Learning and scholarship ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Forschung ; Online-Ressource
    Abstract: This book discusses how teaching and research have been weighted differently in academia in 18 countries and one region, Hong Kong SAR, based on an international comparative study entitled the Changing Academic Profession (CAP). It addresses these issues using empirical evidence, the CAP data. Specifically, the focus is on how teaching and research are defined in each higher education system, how teaching and research are preferred and conducted by academics, and how academics are rewarded by their institution. Since the establishment of Berlin University in 1810, there has been controversy on teaching and research as the primary functions of universities and academics. The controversy increased when Johns Hopkins University was established in 1876 with only graduate programs, and more recently with the release of the Carnegie Foundation report Scholarship Reconsidered by Ernest L. Boyer in 1990. Since the publication of Scholarship Reconsidered in 1990, higher education scholars and policymakers began to pay attention to the details of teaching and research activities, a kind of ‘black box’ because only individual academics know how they conduct teaching and research in their own contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Notes on Editors; Notes on Contributors; Chapter 1: Teaching and Research in Contemporary Higher Education: An Overview; 1.1 International Differences in the Teaching-Research Balance; 1.2 The Knowledge Explosion and the Diversification of Organizational Models; 1.2.1 The Global Stratification of Academic Systems; 1.2.2 Expansion and Diversification of Purpose; 1.3 The Inevitable Tensions Between Academic and Organizational Priorities; 1.3.1 Patterns of System Coordination; 1.3.2 The Emergence of Organizations to Protect the Academic Profession; 1.4 Organization of the Book
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart I: Theoretical Basis; Chapter 2: The Teaching and Research Nexus in the Third Wave Age; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Necessity of the Teaching and Research Nexus; 2.2.1 Effects of the Knowledge Society; 2.2.2 Logic of Academic Discipline; 2.2.3 Mechanism of Academic Work and the Teaching and Learning Nexus; 2.3 R-T-S Nexus in the Age of Third Wave; 2.3.1 Problems of Third Wave Age; 2.3.2 Logic of R-T-S Nexus as a Mission of the Academic Profession; 2.4 Conflicts Between Ideal and Reality: Carnegie and CAP Surveys; 2.4.1 1992 Survey; 2.4.2 2007 Survey; 2.4.3 Research Orientation
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Perspective of the Twenty-First Century: Integration Is an Inevitable Problem to Be Dealt With2.5.1 Uncertainty as well as an Unpredictable Future; 2.5.2 Characteristics of the Academic Organization and the Mission of Academic Profession; 2.5.3 Division of Labor Between University and Nonuniversity Institutions; 2.6 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Research Role in Comparative Perspective; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Historical Overview of Academic Research; 3.3 Perceptions of Research; 3.4 Massification and Diversification; 3.4.1 Vertical Differentiation of Institutional Types
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.2 "Horizontal" Differentiation of Academic Fields3.5 Diversity of Disciplinary Research Styles; 3.6 Funding of Research; 3.7 STEM Research Outputs; 3.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Teaching and Curriculum Development Across Countries; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Research Framework and Method; 4.2.1 A Conceptual Framework; 4.2.2 Method; 4.2.3 Limitation; 4.3 Results; 4.4 Discussion; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Research Focused Systems; Chapter 5: Teaching and Research in Germany: The Notions of University Professors; 5.1 The Functions of Academics: Varying by Institutional Types
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 The Analysis Envisaged5.3 Higher Education in Germany: Traditions and Recent Changes; 5.4 The Balance of Teaching and Research: Preferences and Actual Work Time; 5.5 Select Aspects of Teaching; 5.6 Select Aspects of Research; 5.7 Links Between Teaching and Research; 5.8 Interindividual Comparison: Impact of Teaching and Research Approaches; 5.9 Concluding Observations; References; Chapter 6: Teaching and Research at Italian Universities: Continuities and Changes; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Historical Development of Italian University
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Reshaping the Academic Profession: The University Reform of 1980
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Teaching and Research in Contemporary Higher Education: An Overview; Cummings and ShinPART I. Theoretical Basis -- 2. The Teaching and Research Nexus in the Third Wave Age; Arimoto -- 3. The Research Role in Comparative Perspective; Cummings -- 4. Teaching and Curriculum Development across Countries; Huang -- PART II. Research Focused Systems -- 5. Teaching and Research in Germany: The Notions of University Professors; Teichler -- 6. Teaching and Research at Italian Universities: Continuities and Changes; Rostan -- 7. The Changing Balance of Teaching and Research in the Dutch Binary Higher Education System; De Weert and Van der Kaap -- 8. The Scholarly Question in Finland: to Teach or not to Teach; Aarrevaara, Dobson and Postareff -- 9. Teaching and Research: perspectives from Portugal; Santiago, Sousa, Carvalho, Marchado-Taylor and Dias -- 10. Teaching and Research of Korean Academics across Career Stages; Shin, Jung and Kim -- PART III. Teaching Focused Systems -- 11. The Divergent Worlds of Teaching and Research among Mexican Faculty: Tendencies and Implications; Galaz-Fontes, Martinez-Stack, Estevez-Nenninger, Padilla-Gonzalez, Gil-Anton, Sevilla-Garcia and Arcos-Vega -- 12. Research and Teaching in a Diverse Institutional Environment: Converging Values and Diverging Practices in Brazil; Schwartzman and Balbachevsky -- 13. Current Challenges Facing the Academic Profession in Argentina: Tensions between Teaching and Research; Leal and Marquina -- 14. Teaching and Research in Malaysian Public Universities: Synergistic or Antagonistic?; Azman, Pang, Sirat and Yunus -- 15. From Teachers to Perfect Humboldtian Persons to Academic Superpersons: The Teaching and Research Activities of the South African Academic Profession; Wolhuter -- PART IV. Teaching and Research Balanced Systems -- 16. The Balance between Teaching and Research in the Work Life of American Academics; Finkelstein -- 17. Teaching and Research in English Higher Education: The Fragmentation, Diversification and Reorganization of Academic Work, 1992-2007; Locke -- 18. Teaching, Research and the Canadian Professoriate; Jones, Gopaul, Weinrib, Metcalfe, Fisher, Gingras and Rubenson -- 19. Australian Academics, Teaching and Research: History, Vexed issues and Potential Changes; Bentley, Goedegebuure and Meek -- Concluding Observations -- 20. Teaching and Research across Higher Education Systems: A Typology and Implications; Shin and Cummings -- 21. Teaching and Research: A Vulnerable Linkage?; Teichler and Arimoto.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769434
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 340 p. 95 illus., 69 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovations in Science Education and Technology 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Geoscience Research and Education
    Keywords: Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode
    Abstract: From energy and water resources to natural disasters, and from changing climatic patterns to the evolution of the Earth’s deep interior, geoscience research affects people’s lives in many ways and on many levels. This book offers a stimulating cross-disciplinary perspective on the important relationship between geoscience research and outreach activities for schools and for the general public. The contributors - academics, research scientists, science educators and outreach program educators - describe and evaluate outreach programs from around the world. A section entitled Field-based Approaches includes a chapter describing an initiative to engage Alaskan communities and students in research, and another on problem-based learning in the field setting. The Online Approaches section discusses ways to connect students and scientists using online forums; use of the web and social media, including the United Nations University and its experience with the design of a web magazine featuring geoscience research; and video clips on marine geoscience created by students and scientists. The section on Workshop and Laboratory-based Approaches includes a chapter on teaching geochronology to high school students, and another describing an extracurricular school activity program on meteorology. The Program Design section presents chapters on Integrating Geoscience Research in Primary and Secondary Education, on ways to bridge research with science education at the high school level, and on use of online geoscience data from the Great Lakes. The concluding section, Promoting Research-enhanced Outreach, offers chapters on Geoscience Outreach Education with the local community by a leading research-intensive university, and on the use of research to promote action in Earth science professional development for schoolteachers.Geoscience Research and Outreach: Schools and Public Engagement will benefit geoscience researchers who wish to promote their work beyond academia. It offers guidance to those seeking research funding from agencies, which increasingly request detailed plans for outreach activities in research proposals. Policymakers, educators and scientists working in museums, learned societies and public organizations who wish to widen participation will also find this book useful. Together with the companion volume Geoscience Research and Education: Teaching at Universities, this book showcases the key role that geoscience research plays in a wide spectrum of ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Introduction: The Context; Geoscience and Educational Research in Outreach Activities; Perceptions of Time Matter: The Importance of Geoscience Outreach; Part II: Field-Based Approaches; Engaging Alaska Communities and Students in Cryospheric Research; 1 Introduction; 2 Motivation and Rationale of the Project; 2.1 Scientific Viewpoint; 3 Implementation and Timeline; 3.1 Approach; 3.2 Classroom Activities and Lessons; 3.3 Video as Instruction Activity: TunnelMan Series; 3.3.1 TunnelMan Episode 1: Ice on Permafrost
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2 TunnelMan Episode 2: Hop-Pop TunnelMan3.3.3 TunnelMan Episode 3: Active Layer Monitoring; 3.3.4 TunnelMan Episode 4: Geomorphology; 3.3.5 TunnelMan Episode 5: Permafrost and Climate Chronology; 3.4 Manga: TunnelMan Cartoon; 3.5 Active Layer Monitoring; 4 Some Outcomes of This Project; 4.1 Permafrost Failure Impacts Rural Communities; 4.2 Ice Cellar (Sigluaqs); 5 Evaluation; 6 Summary; Overview; Background and Motivation; Innovations and Findings; Implications for Wider Practice; References; The Salish Sea Expedition: Science Outreach from the Gangplank; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Salish Sea Expedition, British Columbia, Canada3 Planning for the Salish Sea Expedition; 4 Salish Sea GeoTour Guidebook and Map; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; References; Problem-Based Learning in the Field Setting; 1 Introduction; 2 Conventional Approaches in Field Instruction; 2.1 Field Setting as an Outdoor Classroom; 2.2 Show-and-Tell Excursion; 2.3 Field Worksheets; 2.4 Guided Field Investigation; 3 PBL in the Field Setting; 3.1 What Is PBL?; 3.2 The QEF Project: PBL in the Field Environment; 4 Method
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Participants4.2 Instructional Design of the Project; 4.2.1 Phase One: Teacher Development Programmes; Instructional Design of the Programmes; The PBL Process; 4.2.2 Phase Two: Student Development Programmes; 4.3 Measures; 5 Impacts of the Project; 5.1 Teachers' Competence in Conducting Field PBL; 5.2 Student Learning; 6 What Makes PBL an Effective Field Instruction?; 6.1 PBL Emphasises Intentional Learning as a Goal of Instruction; 6.2 PBL Situates Learners in Highly Scaffolded Inquiry Learning; 6.3 PBL Takes Cognition, Metacognition, and Epistemic Cognition All into Account
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 PBL Emphasises on Students' Autonomy and Self-Directed Learning6.5 PBL Is Highly Structured to Enhance Both Individual and Collective Knowledge; 6.6 PBL Shifts Teachers' Roles as Facilitators and Cognitive and Metacognitive Coaches; 7 Considerations in Adopting PBL in the Field; 7.1 The Essence of Developing Teachers a PBL Frame of Mind; 7.2 Effective Teacher Professional Development as the Key to Successful Field PBL; 7.3 Empowering Students to Share the Facilitator's Role; 7.4 Prior Preparation and Follow-Up Work with the Students; 8 Conclusion; Overview; Background and Motivation
    Description / Table of Contents: Innovations and Findings
    Description / Table of Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION1. The context -- Geoscience and educational research in outreach activities, Vincent C. H. Tong -- Perceptions of time matter: the importance of geoscience outreach, Samuel A. Bowring -- PART II: LINKING GEOSCIENCE RESEARCH AND OUTREACH -- 2. Field-based approaches -- Engaging Alaska Communities and Students in Cryospheric Research, Kenji Yoshikawa and Elena B. Sparrow -- The Salish Sea Expedition: Walking the Gangplank of Science Outreach, K. Westnedge and A. Dallimore -- Problem-based learning in the field setting, Lung Sang Chan and Loretta M. W. Ho -- 3. Online approaches -- From Local to Extreme Environments (FLEXE): Connecting students and scientists in online forums, William S. Carlsen, Liz Goehring and Steven C. Kerlin -- Communicating scientific research through the web and social media: Experience of the United Nations University with the Our World 2.0 web magazine, Brendan F.D. Barrett, Mark Notaras and Carol Smith -- Marine geosciences from a different perspective: "edutainment" video clips by pupils and scientists, J. Dengg, S. Soria-Dengg and S. Tiemann -- Small, subject-oriented educational resource gateways: what are their roles in geoscience education? -- Matteo Cattadori, Cristiana Bianchi, Maddalena Macario and Luca Masiello -- 4. Workshop and laboratory-based approaches, The European experience of educational seismology, A. Zollo, A. Bobbio, J.L. Berenguer, F. Courboulex, P. Denton, G. Festa, A. Sauron, S. Solarino, F. Haslinger and D. Giardini --  EARTHTIME: Teaching geochronology to high school students in the US, Britta Bookhagen, Noah McLean, Robert Buchwaldt, Matthew Rioux, Francis Dudás and Samuel Bowring -- Little meteorological workshop - an extracurricular school activity for pupils, Kornelija Špoler Čanić and Dubravka Rasol -- Grasping deep time with scaled space in personal environs, Bo Holm Jacobsen -- PART III: ENHANCING THE LINK BETWEEN GEOSCIENCE RESEARCH AND OUTREACH -- 5. Programme design --  Integrating Geoscience Research in Primary and Secondary Education, Elena B. Sparrow, Leslie S. Gordon, Martha R. Kopplin, Rebecca Boger, Sheila Yule, Kim Morris, Krisanadej Jaroensutasinee, Mullica Jaroensutasinee and Kenji Yoshikawa -- Bridging scientific research and science education in high schools through authentic and simulated science experiences, Lucette Barber -- Using guided inquiry tools with online geosciences data from the Great Lakes, Sandra Rutherford -- 6. Promoting research-enhanced outreach -- Communicating Climate Science from a Data-Centered Perspective, Matt Rogers -- Geoscience Outreach Education with the Local Community, Jennifer Saltzman -- Using research to promote action in Earth science professional development for teachers, Chris King.                               .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    ISBN: 9789400769731
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 331 p. 46 illus., 18 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 34
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Theories of information, communication and knowledge
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Information ; Kommunikation ; Wissen ; Informations- und Dokumentationswissenschaft ; Online-Ressource ; Information ; Kommunikation ; Wissen
    Abstract: This book addresses some of the key questions that scientists have been asking themselves for centuries: what is knowledge? What is information? How do we know that we know something? How do we construct meaning from the perceptions of things? Although no consensus exists on a common definition of the concepts of information and communication, few can reject the hypothesis that information - whether perceived as « object » or as « process » - is a pre-condition for knowledge. Epistemology is the study of how we know things (anglophone meaning) or the study of how scientific knowledge is arrived at and validated (francophone conception). To adopt an epistemological stance is to commit oneself to render an account of what constitutes knowledge or in procedural terms, to render an account of when one can claim to know something. An epistemological theory imposes constraints on the interpretation of human cognitive interaction with the world. It goes without saying that different epistemological theories will have more or less restrictive criteria to distinguish what constitutes knowledge from what is not. If information is a pre-condition for knowledge acquisition, giving an account of how knowledge is acquired should impact our comprehension of information and communication as concepts. While a lot has been written on the definition of these concepts, less research has attempted to establish explicit links between differing theoretical conceptions of these concepts and the underlying epistemological stances. This is what this volume attempts to do. It offers a multidisciplinary exploration of information and communication as perceived in different disciplines and how those perceptions affect theories of knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Fidelia Ibekwe-SanJuan and Thomas DousaChapter 1: Cybersemiotics: A new foundation for transdisciplinary theory of information, cognition, meaning, communication and consciousness; Søren Brier -- Chapter 2: Epistemology and the Study of Social Information within the Perspective of a Unified Theory of Information;Wolfgang Hofkirchner.- Chapter 3: Perception and Testimony as Data Providers; Luciano Floridi -- Chapter 4: Human communication from the semiotic perspective; Winfried Nöth --   Chapter 5: Mind the gap: transitions between concepts of information in varied domains; Lyn Robinson and David Bawden -- Chapter 6:  Information and the disciplines: A conceptual meta-analysis; Jonathan Furner -- Chapter 7: Epistemological Challenges for Information Science; Ian Cornelius -- Chapter 8: The nature of information science and its core concepts; Birger Hjørland -- Chapter 9: Sylvie Leleu-Merviel. Coalescence in the informational process. Application to visual sense-making. Chapter 10: Understanding users’ informational constructs through the affordances of cinematographic images; Michel Labour -- Chapter 11: Documentary Languages and the Demarcation of Information Units in Textual Information: A Case Study; Thomas Dousa -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770256
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 251 p. 4 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. International education hubs
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: Education hubs are the newest development in the international higher education landscape. Countries, zones and cities are trying to position themselves as reputed centres for higher education and research. But given higher education’s current preoccupation with competitiveness, branding, and economic benefits are education hubs merely a fad, a branding exercise, or are they an important innovation worthy of serious investment and attention? This book tries to answer the question through a systematic and comparative analysis of the rationales, actors, policies, plans and accomplishments for six serious country level education hubs - United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Malaysia, Hong Kong, Singapore and Botswana . The in-depth case studies shows that "one size does not fit all". A variety of factors drive countries to prepare and position themselves as an education hub. They include income generation, soft power, modernization of domestic tertiary education sector, economic competitiveness, need for trained work force, and most importantly a desire to move towards a knowledge or service based economy. In response to these different motivations, three different types of education hubs are being developed: the student hub, talent hub, and knowledge/innovation hub. Scholars, policy makers, professionals, students and senior decision makers from education, economics, geography, public policy, trade, migration will find that this book challenges some assumptions about crossborder education and provides new insights and information.
    Description / Table of Contents: Dedication1. Introduction; Jane Knight -- 2. Understanding Education Hubs within the Context of Crossborder Education; Jane Knight -- 3. An Analytical Framework for  Education Hubs: Student, Talent, Knowledge-Innovation; Jane Knight and Jack Lee -- 4. The Evolution of Qatar as an Education Hub: Moving to a Knowledge Economy; Arwa Ibnouf, Lois Dou and Jane Knight -- 5. United Arab Emirates Education Hub: A Decade of Development; Warren Halsey Fox and Sabha Al Shamisi -- 6. Hong Kong: The Quest for Regional Education Hub Status; Ka Ho Mok and Peter Bodycott -- 7. Malaysia: Becoming an Education Hub to Serve National Development; Mohd Ismail Abd Aziz and Doria Abdullah -- 8. Singapore: Building a Knowledge and Education Hub; Ravinder Sidhu, Ho Kong-Chong and  Brenda Yeoh -- 9. Botswana: Africa’s First Education Hub; Bridget Poppy John, David Wilmoth and Brian Mokopakgosi -- 10. Emerging Education Hubs: Korea, Sri Lanka, Mauritius, Bahrain; Lois Dou and Jane Knight -- 11. Comparative Analysis of Education Hubs; Jane Knight -- 12. Issues, Indicators, and Reflections; Jane Knight -- Bibliography -- Index.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769991
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 189 p. 30 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 35
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Niazi, Kaveh Quṭb al-Dīn Shīrāzī and the configuration of the heavens
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Niazi, Kaveh Quṭb al-Dīn Shīrāzī and the configuration of the heavens
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; Science Philosophy ; Quelle ; Astronomie ; Vergleichende Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: As a leading scientist of the 13th century C. E. Quṭb al-Dīn Shīrāzī wrote three substantial works on hay’a (or the configuration of the celestial orbs): Nihāyat al-idrāk fī dirāyat al-aflāk (“The Limits of Attainment in the Understanding of the Heavens”), al-Tuḥfa al-shāhīya fī ‘ilm al-hay’a (“The Royal Offering Regarding the Knowledge of the Configuration of the Heavens”), and Ikhtīyārāt-i Muẓaffarī (“The Muẓaffarī Elections”). Completed in less than four years and written in two of the classical languages of the Islamic world, Arabic and Persian, these works provide a fascinating window to the astronomical research carried out in Ilkhanid Persia. Shīrāzī and his colleagues were driven by their desire to rid Ptolemaic astronomy from its perceived shortcomings. An intriguing trail of revisions and emendations in Shīrāzī’s hay’a texts serves to highlight both those features of Shīrāzī's astronomy that were inherited from his predecessors, as well as his original contributions to this branch of astronomical research. As a renowned savant, Shīrāzī spent a large portion of his career near centers of political power in Persia and Anatolia. A study of his scientific output and career as a scholar is an opportunity, therefore, for an examination of the patronage of science and of scientific works within the Ilkhanid realms. Not only was this patronage important to the work of scholars such as Shīrāzī but it was critical to the founding and operation of one of the foremost scientific institutions of the medieval Islamic world, the Marāgha observatory. The astronomical tradition in which Shīrāzī carried out his research has many links, as well, to the astronomy of Early Modern Europe, as can be seen in the astronomical models of Copernicus
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementNote on Transliteration -- Chapter 1. Purpose and Background of Study -- Chapter 2. The Mongols in Iran -- Chapter 3. Shīrazī's Life -- Chapter 4. The Principal Astronomical Sources -- Chapter 5. Persian vs. Arabic: Language as a Determinant of Content -- Chapter 6. Conclusion -- Figures- Bibliography -- Appendix A -- Appendix B -- Appendix C -- Appendix D -- Appendix E -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770706
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 159 p. 9 illus., 8 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 41
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Aesthetics and business ethics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ästhetik ; Unternehmensethik ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Economics
    Abstract: Ludwig Wittgenstein famously said, "Ethics is aesthetics. It is unclear what such a claim might mean and whether it is true. This book explores contentious issues arising at the interface of ethics and aesthetics. The contributions reflect on the status of aesthetic en ethical judgments, the relation of aesthetic beauty and ethical goodness and art and character development. The book further considers the potential role art could play in ethical analysis and in the classroom and explores in what respects aesthetics and ethics might be intertwined and even mutually supportive.
    Abstract: Ludwig Wittgenstein famously said, “Ethics is aesthetics.” It is unclear what such a claim might mean and whether it is true. This book explores contentious issues arising at the interface of ethics and aesthetics. The contributions reflect on the status of aesthetic en ethical judgments, the relation of aesthetic beauty and ethical goodness and art and character development. The book further considers the potential role art could play in ethical analysis and in the classroom and explores in what respects aesthetics and ethics might be intertwined and even mutually supportive
    Description / Table of Contents: Part One: Aesthetical Dimensions of Ethical Judgments in Business1. Literature, Emotions and Ethical Judgments in Business; Ron Duska -- 2. Literature and the Canonical Values of Capitalism; Christopher Michaelson -- Part Two:  The Aesthetic Firm -- 3. The Impoverished Aesthetic of Modern Management:  Beauty and Ethics in Organization; Steven Saylor -- An Aesthetic Theory of the Firm; John Dobson -- Part Three: Art and Personal Development.-  5. Business Ethics and the Arts:  Character and Process; Dawn Elm -- 6. Wisdom, Management, and Responsibility:  Aesthetics, Moral Imagination, and System Thinking; Sandra Waddock -- Part Four:  Aesthetics and Business Ethics in the Classroom -- 7. Ethics, Morality and Art in the Classroom: Positive and Negative Relations; Daryl Koehn -- 8.  Cheat: Changing the Figure; Rich Brown and Craig Dunn -- 9. The Drama of Business Ethics; Ed Freeman and Lauren Purnell.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9789400770676
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 279 p. 15 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology)
    Abstract: This volume explores the interactions between organisms and their environments and how this “entanglement” is a fundamental aspect of all life. It brings together the work and ideas of historians, philosophers, biologists, and social scientists, uniting a range of new perspectives, methods, and frameworks for examining and understanding the ways that organisms and environments interact. The volume is organized into three main sections: historical perspectives, contested models, and emerging frameworks. The first section explores the origins of the modern idea of organism-environment interaction in the mid-nineteenth century and its development by later psychologists and anthropologists. In the second section, a variety of controversial models-from mathematical representations of evolution to model organisms in medical research-are discussed and reframed in light of recent questions about the interplay between organisms and environment. The third section investigates several new ideas that have the potential to reshape key aspects of the biological and social sciences. Populations of organisms evolve in response to changing environments; bodies and minds depend on a wide array of circumstances for their development; cultures create complex relationships with the natural world even as they alter it irrevocably. The chapters in this volume share a commitment to unraveling the mysteries of this entangled life
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Perspectives on Entangled Life; Gillian Barker, Eric Desjardins, and Trevor PearcePart I. Historical Perspectives -- The Origins and Development of the Idea of Organism-Environment Interaction; Trevor Pearce -- James Mark Baldwin, the Baldwin Effect, Organic Selection, and the American “Immigrant Crisis” at the Turn of the Twentieth Century; Christopher D. Green -- The Tension between the Psychological and Ecological Sciences: Making Psychology More Ecological; Harry Heft -- New Perspectives on Organism-Environment Interaction in Anthropology; Emily A. Schultz -- Part II. Contested Models -- Adaptation, Adaptation to, and Interactive Causes; Bruce Glymour -- Environmental Grain, Organism Fitness, and Type Fitness; Marshall Abrams -- Models in Context: Biological and Epistemological Niches; Jessica A. Bolker -- Thinking Outside the Mouse: Organism-Environment Interaction and Human Immunology; Eric Desjardins, Gillian Barker, and Joaquin Madrenas -- Part III. Emerging Frameworks -- Integrating Ecology and Evolution: Niche Construction and Ecological Engineering; Gillian Barker and John Odling-Smee -- The Affordance Landscape: The Spatial Metaphors of Evolution; Denis M. Walsh -- Rethinking Behavioral Evolution; Rachael Brown. Constructing the Cooperative Niche; Kim Sterelny.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769465
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 304 p. 69 illus., 60 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovations in Science Education and Technology 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Geoscience Research and Education
    Keywords: Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode
    Abstract: Focusing on geoscience, this book applies a uniquely cross-disciplinary perspective to its examination of the relationship between scientific research and teaching at universities. Contributions show how the use of technology and innovative pedagogical design allows students at different stages of their university studies to develop skills and experience in geoscience research. The book offers wide-ranging insight from academics in geoscience, science education and higher education policy and pedagogy, as well as from students and industry experts. The opening section sets the context, with a chapter on teaching and research in the contemporary university by a world-leading academic in higher education, and an essay by the editor on the case of moving from research-implicit to research-enhanced teaching. Part Two addresses the research-teaching nexus in geoscience, offering chapters entitled The Challenge of Combining Research and Teaching: A Young Geoscientist’s Perspective; Teaching on the High Seas: How Field Research Enhances Teaching at All Levels; Curricula and Departmental Strategies to Link Teaching and Geoscience Research; and Geoscience Internships in the Oil and Gas Industry, among others. In Part Three, the use of technology is discussed in chapters such as Using Interactive Virtual Field Guides and Linked Data in Geoscience Teaching and Learning; and Towards Technology- and Research-enhanced Education (TREE): Electronic Feedback as a Teaching Tool in Geoscience. The Program Design section includes chapters on Introducing University Students to Authentic, Hands-on Undergraduate Geoscience Research, and the opportunity to link research and teaching in students’ final projects and more. Geoscience Research and Education: Teaching at Universities is a useful resource for understanding the research-teaching nexus and how it has been implemented in different types of universities and in different countries. Science academics seeking to integrate research into teaching will find the book highly relevant to their work. The emphasis on using technology as a means to link research and teaching will be of great interest and practical benefit to learning technologists, science educators and university policymakers. Together with the companion volume Geoscience Research and Outreach: Schools and Public Engagement, this book showcases the key role that geoscience research plays in a wide spectrum of educational settings
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Introduction : The Context; From Research-Implicit to Research-Enhanced Teaching: A Geoscience Perspective; Teaching and Research in the Contemporary University; 1 Antecedents; 2 The Global Research University; 3 Teaching and Research in the Era of the GRU; References; Part II: Research -Teaching Nexus in Geoscience: Perspectives; The Challenge of Combining Research and Teaching: A Young Geoscientist's Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Teaching as a Young Scientist; 2.1 Incentive to Teach; 2.2 Opportunities; 2.3 Training
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 The Link Between Teaching and Research3.1 Benefits for Students; 3.2 Case Study: A Research-Based Practical for Students; 3.3 Benefits for the Scientist; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; Incorporating Research into Teaching Geosciences: The Masters Student Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Experience of Research Articles Incorporated into Learning; 3 Experiences of Field Research Incorporated into Learning; 4 Positive Learning Outcomes of the Course; 4.1 How to Interact with Different Members of a Research Community
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 How to Organize and Mobilize as a Team to Produce an Experiment4.3 Learning the Steps Involved in Organizing a Research Plan; 4.4 How to Use Field Equipment and Data Correction Software, e.g., Ground-Penetrating Radar (GPR), RadExplorer Software, Soil Probes, and Anemometers; 4.5 How to Design and Construct Experiments Based on the Principles of Sand Entrainment and Sand-Transport Velocity Profiles; 4.6 How the Research-Teaching Nexus Can Exist as a Model for Courses I Might Create or Teach; 4.7 How to Construct an Outline for a Research Article
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.8 How to Submit Pieces of Research According to a Deadline Schedule4.9 Building Confidence as a Geoscientist; 5 Experiences of Geosciences Courses with No Research Incorporated; 6 The Research-Teaching Nexus : Challenges; 7 Recommendations for Good Practice; 7.1 Courses That Offer Optional, Incentivized, Research-Focused Fieldwork; 8 Recommendations for Integrating Research Articles into Teaching; 9 Conclusions; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Teaching on the High Seas: How Field Research Enhances Teaching at All Levels1 Introduction; 2 Bringing the Ocean to the Classroom; 3 Bringing the Classroom to the Ocean; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; References; Part III: Research -Teaching Nexus in Geoscience: Promoting Research-Enhanced Teaching; Curricula and Departmental Strategies to Link Teaching and Geoscience Research; 1 Introduction; 2 The Research Evidence Summarised; 3 A Framework for Curriculum Design and Teaching and Research Links
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Curricula Strategies for Effective Teaching- Research Links
    Description / Table of Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION1. The context -- From research-implicit to research-enhanced teaching: A geoscience perspective, Vincent C. H. Tong -- Teaching and research in the contemporary university, Simon Marginson -- PART II: RESEARCH-TEACHING NEXUS IN GEOSCIENCE -- 2. Perspectives -- The challenge of combining research and teaching: A young geoscientist’s perspective, Laura J. Cobden -- Incorporating research into teaching geosciences: the Masters student’s perspective, Barbara McNutt -- Teaching on the High Seas: How Field Research Enhances Teaching at All Levels, Ken C. Macdonald -- 3. Promoting research-enhanced teaching -- Curricula and departmental strategies to link teaching and geoscience research, Alan Jenkins -- The Role of scholarly publication in geocognition and discipline-based geoscience education research, Julie Libarkin -- Geologic Displays as Science and Art, Marjorie A. Chan -- Teaching Geoscience Research to Adult Undergraduates and Distance Learners, Hilary Downes -- Geoscience Internships in the Oil and Gas Industry: A Winning Proposition for both Students and Employers, Rolf V. Ackermann and Lucy MacGregor -- PART III: PEDAGOGICAL EXAMPLES -- 4. Use of technology -- Integration of Enquiry Fossil Research Approaches and Students’ Local Environments within Online Geoscience Classrooms, Renee M. Clary and James H. Wandersee -- Embedding Research Practice Activities into Earth and Planetary Sciences Courses Through the Use of Remotely Operable Analytical Instrumentation, Jeffrey G. Ryan -- Using Interactive Virtual Field Guides and Linked Data in Geoscience Teaching and Learning, Tim Stott, Kate Litherland, Patrick Carmichael and Anne-Marie Nuttall -- GEOverse - An undergraduate research journal:  Research Dissemination within and beyond the Curriculum, Helen Walkington -- Towards technology- and research-enhanced education (TREE): Electronic feedback as a teaching tool in geoscience, Vincent C. H. Tong -- 5. Programme design -- Introducing university students to authentic, hands-on undergraduate geoscience research in entry-level coursework, Laura Guertin -- Engaging first-year students in team-oriented research: The Terrascope learning community, S. A. Bowring, A. W. Epstein and C. F. Harvey -- Students’ final projects: an opportunity to link research and teaching, Dolores Pereira and Luis Neves -- Teaching Environmental Sciences in an International and Interdisciplinary Framework: from Arid to Alpine Ecosystems in NE Spain, D. Badía, N. Bayfield, A. Cernusca, F. Fillat and D. Gómez -- The Role of concept inventories in course assessment, Julie Libarkin, Sarah E. Jardeleza and Teresa L. McElhinny.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400766150
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 247 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: The New Synthese Historical Library 72
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Bailey, Alan, 1959 - Hume's critique of religion
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Hume, David 1711-1776 ; Religionsphilosophie ; Hume, David 1711-1776 ; Religionsphilosophie
    Abstract: In this volume, authors Alan Bailey and Dan O’Brien examine the full import of David Hume’s arguments and the context of the society in which his work came to fruition. They analyze the nuanced nature of Hume's philosophical discourse and provide an informed look into his position on the possible content and rational justification of religious belief. The authors first detail the pressures and forms of repression that confronted any 18th century thinker wishing to challenge publicly the truth of Christian theism. From there, they offer an overview of Hume's writings on religion, paying particular attention to the inter-relationships between the various works. They show that Hume's writings on religion are best seen as an artfully constructed web of irreligious argument that seeks to push forward a radical outlook, one that only emerges when the attention shifts from the individual sections of the web to its overall structure and context. Even though there is no explicit denial in any of Hume's published writings or private correspondence of the existence of God, the implications of his arguments often seem to point strongly towards atheism. David Hume was one of the leading British critics of Christianity and all forms of religion at a time when public utterances or published writings denying the truth of Christianity were liable to legal prosecution. His philosophical and historical writings offer a sustained and remarkably open critique of religion that is unmatched by any previous author writing in English. Yet, despite Hume’s widespread reputation amongst his contemporaries for extreme irreligion, the subtle and measured manner in which he presents his position means that it remains far from clear how radical his views actually were
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Hume the InfidelChapter 2. Blasphemy, Dissimulation, and Humean Prudence -- Chapter 3. Hume's Writings on Religion -- Chapter 4. Hume on the Intelligibility of Religious Discourse -- Chapter 5. Epistemological Scepticism and Religious Belief -- Chapter 6. That Simple and Sublime Argument -- Chapter 7. The Design Argument and Empirical Evidence of God's Existence -- Chapter 8. The Problem of Evil -- Chapter 9. Miracles -- Chapter 10. The Natural History of Religion -- Chapter 11. Morality -- Chapter 12. History and the Evaluation of Religion -- Chapter 13. Was Hume an Atheist?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    ISBN: 9789400770287
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 233 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 41
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Reforming higher education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: This book analyzes the reforms that led to a differentiated landscape of higher education systems after university practices and governance were considered poorly adapted to contemporary settings and to their new missions. This has led to a growing institutional differentiation in many higher education systems. This differentiation has certainly contributed to making the institutional landscape more diverse across and within higher education systems. This book covers this diversity. Each part corresponds to a different but complementary way of looking at reforms and highlights what can be learnt on specific cases by adopting a specific perspective. The first part analyzes the ongoing reforms and their evolution, identifies their internal contradictions, as well as the redefinitions and reorientations they experience, and reveals the ideas, representations, ideologies and theories on which they are built. The second part includes comparison between countries but also other comparative perspectives such as how one reform is developed in different regions of the same country, as well as how comparable reforms are declined to different sectors. The last part addresses the impact of the reforms. What is known about the effectiveness of such instruments on higher education systems? This part shows that reforms provoke new power games and reconfigure power relations
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. IntroductionPART 1: Designing Policies in Higher Education -- 2. Public Policy Design and University Reform -- 3. Reforming Universities in Italy: Towards a New Paradigm?- 4. The UK Research Excellence Framework and the Transformation of Research Production -- PART 2: The Complexities of Policy Design in Higher Education - Some Lessons from Comparative Research -- 5. Reforming the Portuguese Public Sector: A Route from Health to Higher Education -- 6. Higher Education, Globalization and the Restructuring of the State: A Comparison between British Columbia, Ontario and Québec -- 7. Patterns of University Governance: Insights Based on an Analysis of Doctoral Education’s Management Reform in Switzerland and Norway -- PART 3: Policy Effects at the Meso Level -- 8. Governance of Universities and Scientific Innovation -- 9. Change is in the Air: Pressures, Organizations, Fields and University Research -- 10. Reforming Faculties’ Careers: Changes in Structures and Trajectories -- 11. The Possible Conflict between New and Old Governance in the Introduction of Performance Based Funding in German Medical Faculties -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400771130
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 369 p. 3 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Dao Companion to the Analects
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Religion (General) ; Kong, Qiu v551-v479 Lun yu ; China ; Philosophie ; Konfuzianismus ; Kong, Qiu v551-v479 Lun yu ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This volume surveys the major philosophical concepts, arguments, and commitments of the Confucian classic, the Analects. In thematically organized chapters, leading scholars provide a detailed, scholarly introduction to the text and the signal ideas ascribed to its protagonist, Confucius. The volume opens with chapters that reflect the latest scholarship on the disputed origins of the text and an overview of the broad commentarial tradition it generated. These are followed by chapters that individually explore key areas of the text’s philosophical landscape, articulating both the sense of concepts such as ren, li, and xiao as well as their place in the wider space of the text. A final section addresses prominent interpretive challenges and scholarly disputes in reading the Analects, evaluating, for example, the alignment between the Analects and contemporary moral theory and the contested nature of its religious sensibility. Dao Companion to the Analects offers a comprehensive and complete survey of the text's philosophical idiom and themes, as well as its history and some of the liveliest current debates surrounding it. This book is an ideal resource for both researchers and advanced students interested in gaining greater insight into one of the earliest and most influential Confucian classics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction, Amy OlberdingPart I: Text and Context -- 2. History and Formation of the Analects, Tae Hyun Kim and Mark Csikszentmihalyi -- 3. The Commentarial Tradition, John B. Henderson and On-cho Ng -- 4. Confucius and His Community, Yuet Keung Lo -- Part II: The Conceptual Landscape -- 5. Ren 仁 : An Exemplary Life, Karyn Lai -- 6. Ritual and Rightness in the Analects, Hagop Sarkissian -- 7. Family Reverence (xiao 孝) in the Analects: Confucian Role Ethics and the Dynamics of Intergenerational Transmission, Roger T. Ames and Henry Rosemont, Jr -- 8. Language and Ethics in the Analects, Hui-chieh Loy -- 9. Uprightness, Indirection, Transparency, Lisa Raphals -- 10. Cultivating the Self in Concert with Others, David B. Wong -- 11. Perspectives on Moral Failure in the Analects, Amy Olberding -- Part III: Mapping the Landscape: Issues in Interpretation -- 12. The Analects and Moral Theory, Stephen C. Angle -- 13. Religious Thought and Practice in the Analects. Erin M. Cline -- 14. The Analects and Forms of Governance, BAI Tongdong -- Why Care? A Feminist Re-appropriation of Confucian Xiao 孝 Li-Hsiang, Lisa Rosenlee -- 16. Balancing Conservatism and Innovation: The Pragmatic Analects, Sor-hoon Tan -- Index -- Index Locorum.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    ISBN: 9789400772786
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 302 p. 11 illus., 4 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. The internationalization of the academy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschule ; Internationalisierung
    Abstract: This volume provides a nuanced empirical assessment of the extent to which the academic profession is internationalized at the beginning of the 21st century. It indicates which are the most internationalized academic activities, and focuses on specific topics such as physical mobility for study or professional purposes, teaching abroad or in another language, research collaboration with foreign colleagues, and publication and dissemination outside one’s native country or in another language. It places the main theme in the wider context of the history of higher education’s internationalization. It provides explanations on what drives and deters academics from international activity, and documents some of the consequences that internationalization has on academic work and productivity. This study is based on a survey of 25,000 academics working at higher education institutions in 18 countries and Hong Kong on five continents. Comparing data from the 1992 Carnegie International study to the 2007 CAP survey, relying on respondents’ perceptions of change, and comparing different academic generations, it offers valuable insights on changes in the internationalization of the academy
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements1. The Internationalization of the Academic Profession -- 2. Concepts and Methods -- 3. A Profile of CAP Participating Countries and a Global Overview of Academic Internationalization in 2007-2008 -- 4. Internationalization of the Academy: Rhetoric, Recent Trends and Prospects -- 5. The International Mobility of Academic Staff -- 6. The International Dimension of Teaching and Learning -- 7. The Internationalization of Research -- 8. Regionalization of Higher Education and the Academic Profession in Asia, Europe and North America -- 9. Gender and Faculty Internationalization -- 10. Internationalization and the New Generation of Academics -- 11. Patterns of Faculty Internationalization: A Predictive Model -- 12. The Internationalization of the Academy: Findings, Open Questions and Implications -- Appendix -- Notes on Contributors.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9789400738645
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 219 p. 5 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Public Health Ethics Analysis 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Disaster bioethics: normative issues when nothing is normal
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Social sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Katastrophenmedizin ; Ethik
    Abstract: This book provides an early exploration of the new field of disaster bioethics: examining the ethical issues raised by disasters. Healthcare ethics issues are addressed in the first part of this book. Large-scale casualties lead to decisions about who to treat and who to leave behind, cultural challenges, and communication ethics. The second part focuses on disaster research ethics. With the growing awareness of the need for evidence to guide disaster preparedness and response, more research is being conducted in disasters. Any research involving humans raises ethical questions and requires appropriate regulation and oversight. The authors explore how disaster research can take account of survivors? vulnerability, informed consent, the sudden onset of disasters, and other ethical issues. Both parts examine ethical challenges where seeking to do good, harm can be done. Faced with overwhelming needs and scarce resources, no good solution may be apparent. But choosing the less wrong option can have a high price. In addition, what might seem right at home may not be seen to be right elsewhere. This book provides in-depth and practical reflection on these and other challenging ethical questions arising during disasters. Scholars and practitioners who gathered at the Brocher Foundation in Geneva, Switzerland in 2011 offer their reflections to promote further dialogue so that those devastated by disasters are respected by being treated in the most ethically sound ways possible.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1 Disaster Bioethics: An IntroductionChapter 2 Macro-triage in Disaster Planning -- Chapter 3 Ethics and Emergency Disaster Response. Normative Approaches and Training Needs for Humanitarian Health Care Providers -- Chapter 4 Triage in Disaster Medicine: Ethical Strategies in Various Scenarios            Chapter 5 When Relief Comes from a Different Culture: Sri Lanka’s Experience of the Asian Tsunami References -- Chapter 6 Ethical Issues in Health Communications: Strategies for the (Inevitable) Next Pandemic -- Chapter 7 Evidence and Healthcare needs during Disasters -- Part II -- Chapter 8 Interests Divided: Risks to Disaster Research Subjects vs. Benefits to Future Disaster Victims -- Chapter 9 Purple Dinosaurs and Victim Consent to Research in Disasters -- Chapter 10 Setting Disaster Research Priorities. - Chapter 11 Studying Vulnerable Populations in the Context of Enhanced Vulnerability -- Chapter 12 Research Ethics Governance in Disaster Situations -- Chapter 13 Ethical Concerns in Disaster Research - A South African Perspective -- References -- Appendix I - Code of Conduct for the International Red Cross and Red Crescent Movement and NGOs in Disaster Relief -- Appendix II - WMA Statement on Medical Ethics in the Event of Disasters -- Index .
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400777590
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 433 p. 16 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Outstanding Contributions to Logic 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. David Makinson on classical methods for non-classical problems
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical
    Abstract: The volume analyses and develops David Makinson’s efforts to make classical logic useful outside its most obvious application areas. The book contains chapters that analyse, appraise, or reshape Makinson’s work and chapters that develop themes emerging from his contributions. These are grouped into major areas to which Makinsons has made highly influential contributions and the volume in its entirety is divided into four sections, each devoted to a particular area of logic: belief change, uncertain reasoning, normative systems, and the resources of classical logic. Among the contributions included in the volume, one chapter focuses on the “inferential preferential method”, i.e. the combined use of classical logic and mechanisms of preference and choice and provides examples from Makinson’s work in non-monotonic and defeasible reasoning and belief revision. One chapter offers a short autobiography by Makinson which details his discovery of modern logic, his travels across continents and reveals his intellectual encounters and inspirations. The chapter also contains an unsually explicit statement on his views on the (limited but important) role of logic in philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceContributors -- Introductory -- Chapter 1. Sven Ove Hansson: Preview -- Chapter 2. Sven Ove Hansson and Peter Gärdenfors: David Makinson and the extension of classical logic -- Chapter 3. David Makinson: A tale of five cities -- I. Logic of Belief Change -- Chapter 4. Hans Rott and Sven Ove Hansson: Safe contraction revisited -- Chapter 5. Pavlos Peppas: A panorama of iterated revision -- Chapter 6. Wolfgang Spohn: AGM, ranking theory and the many ways to cope with examples -- Chapter 7. Edwin Mares: Liars, lotteries and prefaces: two paraconsistent theories of belief revision -- Chapter 8. Rohit Parikh: Epistemic reasoning in life and literature -- II. Uncertain Reasoning -- Chapter 9. James Hawthorne: New Horn rules for probabilistic consequence: Is O+ enough? -- Chapter 10. Karl Schlechta: Non-monotonic logic: preferential vs. algebraic semantics -- Chapter 11. Hykel Hosni: Towards a Bayesian theory of second-order uncertainty: lessons from non-standard logics -- III. Normative Systems -- Chapter 12. Audun Stolpe: Abstract interfaces of input/output logic -- Chapter 13. Xavier Parent, Dov Gabbay and Leendert van der Torre: Intuitionistic basis for input/output logic -- Chapter 14. Jörg Hansen: Reasoning about permission and obligation -- Chapter 15. John Horty: Norm change in the common law -- IV. Classical Resources -- Chapter 16. David Makinson: Intelim rules for classical connectives -- Chapter 17. David Makinson: Relevance logic as a conservative extension of classical logic -- V. Responses -- Chapter 18. David Makinson: Reflections on contributions -- Bibliographical -- David Makinson’s publications -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770584
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 291 p. 16 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 32
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Friend, Michèle Pluralism in mathematics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Logic ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Pluralismus ; Mathematik
    Abstract: This book is about philosophy, mathematics and logic, giving a philosophical account of Pluralism which is a family of positions in the philosophy of mathematics. There are four parts to this book, beginning with a look at motivations for Pluralism by way of Realism, Maddy’s Naturalism, Shapiro’s Structuralism and Formalism. In the second part of this book the author covers: the philosophical presentation of Pluralism; using a formal theory of logic metaphorically; rigour and proof for the Pluralist; and mathematical fixtures. In the third part the author goes on to focus on the transcendental presentation of Pluralism, and in part four looks at applications of Pluralism, such as a Pluralist approach to proof in mathematics and how Pluralism works in regard to together-inconsistent philosophies of mathematics. The book finishes with suggestions for further Pluralist enquiry. In this work the author takes a deeply radical approach in developing a new position that will either convert readers, or act as a strong warning to treat the word ‘pluralism’ with care.
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPart I. Motivating the Pluralist Position from Familiar Positions -- Chapter 1. Introduction. The Journey from Realism to Pluralism -- Chapter 2. Motivating Pluralism. Starting from Maddy’s Naturalism -- Chapter 3. From Structuralism to Pluralism -- Chapter 4. Formalism and Pluralism Co-written with Andrea Pedeferri -- Part II. Initial Presentation of Pluralism.- Chapter 5. Philosophical Presentation of Pluralism -- Chapter 6. Using a Formal Theory of Logic Metaphorically -- Chapter 7. Rigour in Proof Co-written with Andrea Pedeferri -- Chapter 8. Mathematical Fixtures -- Part III. Transcendental Presentation of Pluralism -- Chapter 9. The Paradoxes of Tolerance and the Transcendental Paradoxes -- Chapter 10. Pluralism Towards Pluralism -- Part IV. Putting Pluralism to Work. Applications -- Chapter 11. A Pluralist Approach to Proof in Mathematics -- Chapter 12. Pluralism and Together-Inconsistent Philosophies of Mathematics -- Chapter 13. Suggestions for Further Pluralist Enquiry -- Conclusion.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789400772328
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 211 p. 16 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druck-Ausgabe Clinical learning and teaching innovations in nursing
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Adult education
    Abstract: This book provides an in-depth insight into the Dedicated Education Units (DEU) clinical learning strategy. It shows how DEUs work and explains the concept, philosophy, principles, practical implementation and first-hand experiences of this ground-breaking, global work-integrated learning strategy. It presents the benefits of DEUs and offers insight into how DEUs can provide real options for solving the increasingly complex dilemma of providing more students with more experiences of hands-on practice while reducing costs and ensuring greater numbers of work ready graduates. The book serves as a reference for nurse student education and is particularly salient for those setting up a DEU. It can be used as a springboard for work-integrated learning innovations for all practice-based disciplines. Dedicated Education Units (DEU) provide a flexible clinical learning strategy with a focus on founding principles and adaptation to different clinical contexts rather than a concrete model for clinical learning. DEUs are essentially clinical environments in which students develop a sense of security to explore learning opportunities, knowing there are people present who will ensure they do not make intractable errors; people who will guide and support them to achieve optimal learning. Whilst developed initially for nurse education, DEUs can be adapted to other professional learning settings.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword/PrefaceIntroduction -- SECTION I -- 1. Dedicated Education Unit: the concept -- 2. The Dedicated Education Unit as a community of practice -- 3. SECTION II: STORYLINES I: DEUs IN PRACTICE -- 3. An ‘idea whose time had come’: The Flinders University School of Nursing DEU - an historical perspective -- 4. The Canberra DEU -- 5. An American experience: transition to the DEU Clinical Education Model -- 6. Dedicated Education Units: Christchurch Polytechnic Institute of Technology and Canterbury District Health Board (CPIT/CDHB), New Zealand -- 7. Dedicated Educational Unit (DEU) - A Scandinavian Model -- 8. Telling it like it is - Various authors writing about personal experience of DEUs -- SECTION III -- 9. From conceptualisation to future expansion: keys to successful DEU implementation and sustainability -- Conclusion.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9789400778993
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 925 p. 38 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 56
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Psychology, clinical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Psychology, clinical
    Abstract: This book is a comprehensive analysis of the definitions, concepts, and recent research on malingering, feigning, and other response biases in psychological injury/ forensic disability populations. It presents a new model of malingering and related biases, and develops a "diagnostic system based on it that is applicable to PTSD, chronic pain, and TBI. Included are suggestions for effective practice and future research based on the literature reviews and the new systems, which are useful also because they can be used readily by psychiatrists as much as psychologists.
    Abstract: This book is a comprehensive analysis of the definitions, concepts, and recent research on malingering, feigning, and other response biases in psychological injury/ forensic disability populations. It presents a new model of malingering and related biases, and develops a “diagnostic” system based on it that is applicable to PTSD, chronic pain, and TBI. Included are suggestions for effective practice and future research based on the literature reviews and the new systems, which are useful also because they can be used readily by psychiatrists as much as psychologists
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Introduction; Content; Conclusion; References; Acknowledgments; Contents; Brief Biography; Table of Terms and Sources; Part I: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Definitions, Gold Standards, Models; Chapter 1: Introduction: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Ethics, and Law; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Book Summary; 1.3 First Part; 1.4 Second Part; 1.5 Third Part; 1.6 Fourth Part; 1.7 Fifth and Sixth Parts; 1.8 Conclusions on the Book's Contributions; 1.9 The Field of Psychological Injury Defined: Wikipedia Entry by the Author (Modified); 1.10 Psychological Injury and Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.11 Assessment and Malingering1.12 Diagnosis and Treatment; 1.13 Major Psychological Injuries; 1.14 Disability and Return to Work; 1.15 Psychological Testing and Tests; 1.16 Causality; 1.17 Value of the Field and Validity of the Injuries; 1.18 Chapter Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Malingering: Definitional and Conceptual Ambiguities and Prevalence or Base Rates; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Conceptual and Definitional Ambiguities; 2.2.1 Introduction; 2.2.2 Different Approaches to the Same Terms; 2.2.3 Comment; 2.3 Recent Literature on Malingering and Related Response Biases
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.1 Inconsistent Conceptualizations2.3.2 Consistencies; 2.3.3 Comment; 2.4 Research on Prevalence of Malingering and Related Response Biases; 2.4.1 Malingering Minimized; 2.4.2 Malingering Maximized; 2.4.3 Malingering Balanced; 2.5 Chapter Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Toward a Gold Standard in Malingering and Related Determinations; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The 2011 Rogers (and Colleagues) and Boone Exchange in Psychological Injury and Law; 3.2.1 Rogers; 3.2.2 Boone; 3.2.3 Comment
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Malingering/Feigning Detection Instruments and Related Tests and Scales in Psychiatric/Psychological Injury3.3.1 Evidence for Malingering/Feigning and Related Testing; 3.4 Tests of Malingering/Feigning and Related Biases; 3.4.1 Personality Tests; 3.4.2 Stand-Alone Tests; 3.4.3 Embedded Neuropsychological Indices; 3.5 Malingering in the Forensic Neuropsychological Context; 3.5.1 Introduction; 3.5.2 Explaining SVTs During Consent Seeking; 3.5.3 Defining Malingering and Its Prevalence; 3.5.4 How SVTs Work; 3.5.5 How SVTs are Validated
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.6 Considerations in Test Selection and Administration3.5.7 Discounting Failed and Passed SVTs; 3.5.8 Review of Select Tests; 3.5.9 Comment; 3.6 Toward New Malingering Diagnostic Systems; 3.7 Chapter Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The MMPI-2-RF Personality Inventory in Psychological Injury Cases; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The MMPI-2-RF Personality Inventory; 4.2.1 Description of the MMPI-2-RF; 4.2.2 Validating Research on Using the MMPI-2-RF with Psychological Injury Evaluees; 4.3 MMPI-2-RF: More Details; 4.4 Chapter Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: New Models of Malingering and Related Biases, Presentations, and Performances
    Description / Table of Contents: Monograph Part A: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Law, AssessmentSection I: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Definitions, Gold Standards, Models -- 1. Introduction: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Ethics, and Law -- 2. Malingering: Definitional and Conceptual Ambiguities and Prevalence or Base Rates -- 3. Toward a Gold Standard in Malingering and Related Determinations -- 4. The MMPI-2-RF Personality Inventory in Psychological Injury Cases -- 5. New Models of Malingering and Related Biases, Presentations, and Performances -- 6. Diagnostic System for Malingered PTSD and Related Response Biases: Details in Tabular Format -- Section II: Malingering Detection, Law, Causality -- 7. Deconstructing Favorable and Unfavorable Malingering-Attribution Perspectives -- 8. Other Contrasting Approaches to Malingering Detection -- 9. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Controversies, Diagnosis, and Malingering -- 10. Psychological Injury: Law and Causality -- 11. Leading the Field in Understanding and Testing Malingering and Related Response Styles: The Work of Richard Rogers -- Section III: Psychological Injury, Assessment, Most Recent Literature -- 12. Assessing Psychological Injuries and Malingering: Evaluator Considerations -- 13. Assessing Psychological and Malingering: PTSD and Evaluee Considerations -- 14. Assessing Psychological Injuries and Malingering: Disability and Report Writing -- 15. Slick-Sherman’s 2012-2013 Revision of the 1999 Slick et al. MND System -- 16. Symptom Validity Assessment, MTBI, and Malingering in Carone and Bush (2013) -- 17. Most Recent Journal Article Review -- Monograph Part B: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Ethics, Therapy -- Section IV: Psychological Injuries, Therapy, Ethics -- 18. MTBI and Pain -- 19. An Instrument to Detect Pain Feigning: The Pain Feigning Detection Test (PFDT) -- 20. Confusions and Confounds in Conversion Disorder -- 21. Therapy in Psychological Injury -- 22. Ethics in Psychological Injury and Law -- 23. A Transdiagnostic Therapeutic Module on Free Will and Change -- 24. A Model of Ethical Thought and Ethical Decision-Making -- Section V: Supplements - Testing, Systems -- 25. Selected Tests and Testing in Psychological Injury Evaluations I -- 26. Selected Tests and Testing in Psychological Injury Evaluations II -- 27. Table 1. Diagnostic System for Malingered PTSD Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases: User Version and Worksheet -- 28. Table 2. Diagnostic System for Malingered Neurocognitive Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases -- 29. Table 3. Diagnostic System for Malingered Pain Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases -- Section VI: Terms, Education, Study -- 30. Glossary and Discussion of Terms -- 31. Education -- 32. Study Guide Questions, Teaching Objectives, and Learning Outcomes -- 33. PTSD and Malingering: Tests, Diagnostics, Cut-Scores, Cautions -- 34. Book Conclusions  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789401786690
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 215 p. 3 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Increasing psychological well-being in clinical and educational settings
    Keywords: Public health ; Medical research ; Child development ; Quality of life ; Cross-cultural psychology ; Positive psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Early childhood education ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wohlbefinden ; Lebensqualität ; Positive Psychotherapie ; Kulturvergleich ; Jugend ; Verhaltensstörung ; Positive Psychologie
    Abstract: This volume deals with strategies aimed at increasing psychological well-being in both clinical and non-clinical settings, with a special focus on the impact of cross-cultural influences on these processes. Consisting of two parts, the book first examines clinical interventions for increasing well-being and positive functioning in adult populations. It looks at cultural differences in the experience of psychological well-being, presents an analysis of the concept of psychological well-being and discusses various interventions, including Well-Being Therapy and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy. Other concepts discussed are post-traumatic growth, wisdom and motivation. The second part of the book deals with psychological interventions in childhood and adolescence and has a strong emphasis on educational settings. It provides an overview of the main evidence-based psychotherapies for affective disorders in youths, and looks at the importance and impact of positive education, resilience, and hope. The book presents models for intervention and discusses several therapies in detail.
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordChapter 1. Culture and the Promotion of Well-Being in East and West; Carol D. Ryff, Gayle D. Love and Yuri Miyamoto -- Chapter 2. The Individualized and Cross-Cultural Roots of Well-Being Therapy; Chiara Ruini and Giovanni A. Fava -- Chapter 3. The Place of Psychological Well-Being in Cognitive Therapy; Andrew K. MacLeod and Olga Luzon -- Chapter 4. Posttraumatic Growth: Challenges from a Cross-Cultural Viewpoint; Carmelo Vázquez, Pau Pérez-Sales and Christian Ochoa -- Chapter 5. Promoting Resilience and Well-Being with Wisdom and Wisdom Therapy; Michael Linden -- Chapter 6. Increasing Psychological Well-Being through Hypnosis; Tharina Guse -- Chaper 7. The Role of Motivation in Cognitive Behavioural Psychotherapy for Anxiety Disorders; Elizeth Heldt, Carolina Blaya and Gisele Gus Manfro -- Chapter 8. The Role of Psychological Well-Being in Childhood Interventions; Elisa Albieri and Dalila Visani -- Chapter 9. Well-Being and Resilience in School Settings; Toni Noble and Helen McGrath -- Chapter 10. Strength Based Resilience: Integrating Risk and Resources towards Holistic Well-Being; Tayyab Rashid, Afroze Anjum, Suzanna Stevanovski, Ron Chu, Anosha Zanjani and Alexandra Love -- Chapter 11. School Programs for Prevention of Mental Health Problems and the Promotion of Psychological Well-Being in Children; Dalila Visani, Elisa Albieri and Chiara Ruini -- Chapter 12. The Promotion of Hope in Children and Youth; Susana C. Marques and Shane J. Lopez -- Chapter 13. Life Satisfaction in Youth; Carmel Proctor and P. Alex Linley.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400766006
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 269 p. 156 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Handbook of Philosophical Logic 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Handbook of philosophical logic ; 17
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic
    Abstract: This second edition of the Handbook of Philosophical Logic reflects great changes in the landscape of philosophical logic since the first edition. It gives readers an idea of that landscape and its relation to computer science and formal language and artificial intelligence. It shows how the increased demand for philosophical logic from computer science and artificial intelligence and computational linguistics accelerated the development of the subject directly and indirectly. This development in turn, directly pushed research forward, stimulated by the needs of applications. New logic areas becameestablished and old areas were enriched and expanded. At the same time, it socially provided employment for generations of logicians residing in computer science, linguistics and electrical engineering departments which of course helped keep the logic community to thrive. The many contributors to this Handbook are active in these application areas and are among the most famous leading figures of applied philosophical logic of our times
    Description / Table of Contents: Editorial Preface; Dov M. GabbayHybrid Logic; Torben Braüner -- Nominal Terms and Nominal Logics: From Foundations to Meta-mathematics; Murdoch J. Gabbay -- Introduction to Labelled Deductive Systems; Dov M. Gabbay -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400768062
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 201 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Schuppert, Fabian Freedom, recognition and non-domination
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Hochschulschrift ; Anerkennung ; Autonomie ; Handlungsfreiheit ; Philosophie ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit
    Abstract: This book offers an original account of a distinctly republican theory of social and global justice. The book starts by exploring the nature and value of Hegelian recognition theory. It shows the importance of that theory for grounding a normative account of free and autonomous agency. It is this normative account of free agency which provides the groundwork for a republican conception of social and global justice, based on the core-ideas of freedom as non-domination and autonomy as non-alienation. As the author argues, republicans should endorse a sufficientarian account of social justice, which focuses on the nature of social relationships and their effects on people's ability to act freely and realize their fundamental interests. On the global level, the book argues for the cosmopolitan extension of the republican principles of non-domination and non-alienation within a multi-level democratic system. In so doing, the book addresses a major gap in the existing literature, presenting an original theory of justice, which combines Hegelian recognition theory and republican ideas of freedom, and applying this hybrid theory to the global domain. Fabian Schuppert creates a grand synthesis uniting neo-republican insights on freedom with Hegelian recognition theory. The result is an account of agency that arises from the idea of non-domination whose aim it is to safeguard individual freedom. When combined with Hegelian recognition theory a social focus also emerges. This amalgam comments on many of the major disputes concerning global justice from a cosmopolitan perspective. Because of the broad scope and the many contemporary discussions engaged this book will be of keen interest to scholars as well as a welcome addition to the classroom. Michael Boylan, Professor and Chair, Philosophy, Marymount University, USA In this highly readable and imaginative book, Schuppert shows how a republican political theory can address the problems of recognition, identity, and non-domination. Moreover, Schuppert demonstrates that Hegel's political philosophy has continuing vitality for the 21st century as he applies it to contemporary policy debates on basic needs, human rights, and cosmopolitanism. Robert Paul Churchill, Professor of Philosophy, George Washington University, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsIntroduction - A Republican Theory of (Global) Justice.- Chapter One: The Nature of Free Rational Agency -- Chapter Two: Analysing Freedom & Autonomy - Recognition, Responsibility and Threats to Agency -- Chapter Three: Needs, Interests and Rights -- Chapter Four: Capabilities, Freedom and Sufficiency -- Chapter Five: Collective Agency, Democracy and Political Institutions -- Chapter Six: Global Justice and Non-Domination -- Conclusion: Freedom, Recognition & Non-Domination -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9781402068171
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 211 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. In pursuit of nanoethics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Law ; Economics ; Social sciences ; Nanotechnology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Law ; Economics ; Social sciences ; Nanotechnology ; Nanotechnology ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Nanotechnology ; Social aspects
    Abstract: This volume assembles an interdisciplinary team of leading academics, industry figures, policymakers and NGO’s to consider the legal, ethical and social issues that are raised by innovations in nanoscience and nanotechnology. By bringing together international experts from a diverse range of fields this volume addresses the implications and impact that nanotechnology has on society. Through the exploration of six key themes the contributors analyse both the impact of nanotechnology and the emergence of the concept of nanoethics. Each section includes authors from both sides of the political and scientific divide - incorporating both positive and negative perspectives on nanotechnology, as well as including discussions of associated concepts such as converging technologies. The result provides for the widest and most balanced discussion of these issues to date
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789048129362
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 404 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Dao Companion to Classical Confucian Philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Laozi Dao de jing ; Konfuzianismus ; Chinesische Philosophie ; China ; Konfuzianismus ; Politische Ethik ; Angewandte Ethik ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This volume presents both a historical and a systematic examination of the philosophy of classical Confucianism. Taking into account newly unearthed materials and the most recent scholarship, it features contributions by experts in the field, ranging from senior scholars to outstanding early career scholars. The book first presents the historical development of classical Confucianism, detailing its development amidst a fading ancient political theology and a rising wave of creative humanism. It examines the development of the philosophical ideas of Confucius as well as his disciples and his grandson Zisi, the Zisi-Mencius School, Mencius, and Xunzi. Together with this historical development, the book analyzes and critically assesses the philosophy in the Confucian Classics and other major works of these philosophers. The second part systematically examines such philosophical issues as feeling and emotion, the aesthetic appreciation of music, wisdom in poetry, moral psychology, virtue ethics, political thoughts, the relation with the Ultimate Reality, and the concept of harmony in Confucianism. The Philosophy of Classical Confucianism offers an unparalleled examination to the philosophers, basic texts and philosophical concepts and ideas of Classical Confucianism as well as the recently unearthed bamboo slips related to Classical Confucianism. It will prove itself a valuable reference to undergraduate and postgraduate university students and teachers in philosophy, Chinese history, History, Chinese language and Culture
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: Classical Confucianism in Historical and Comparative Context, Vincent ShenPART I. Historical Development -- 2. The Fading of Political Theology and the Rise of Creative Humanism, Vincent Shen -- 3. The Philosophy of Confucius, NI Peimin -- 4. The Philosophy of Confucius’ Disciples, LO Yuet Keung -- 5. Zisi and the Thought of Zisi and Mencius School, TSAI Zheng-Feng -- 6. The Daxue (Great Learning) and the Zhongyong (Doctrine of the Mean).  Andrew H. Plaks -- 7. Philosophical Thought of Mencius, CHAN Wing-cheuk -- 8. Xunzi as a Systematic Philosopher: Toward Organic Unity of Nature, Mind, and Reason, CHENG Chung-ying -- PART II. Philosophical Issues -- 9. Early Confucian Perspectives on Emotions, Curie Virac -- 10. Art and Aesthetics of Music in Classical Confucianism, Johanna Liu -- 11. Wisdom and Hermeneutics of Poetry in Classical Confucianism, Vincent Shen -- 12. Early Confucian Moral Psychology, SHUN Kwong-loi -- 13. Early Confucian Virtue Ethics: The Virtues of Junzi , Antonio Cua† -- 14. Early Confucian Political Philosophy and Its Contemporary Relevance, BAI Tongdong -- 15. Ultimate Reality and Self-cultivation in Early Confucianism: A Conceptual/Existential Approach , YAN Zhong-hu -- 16. Confucian Harmony: A Philosophical Analysis, LI Chengyang -- List of contributors -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770461
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 335 p. 40 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Outstanding Contributions to Logic 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Philosophy of mind ; Logic design ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Philosophy of mind ; Logic design ; Segerberg, Krister 1936- ; Logik
    Abstract: This volume describes and analyzes in a systematic way the great contributions of the philosopher Krister Segerberg to the study of real and doxastic actions. Following an introduction which functions as a roadmap to Segerberg's works on actions, the first part of the book covers relations between actions, intentions and routines, dynamic logic as a theory of action, agency, and deontic logics built upon the logics of actions. The second section explores belief revision and update, iterated and irrevocable beliefs change, dynamic doxastic logic and hypertheories. Segerberg has worked for more than thirty years to analyze the intricacies of real and doxastic actions using formal tools - mostly modal (dynamic) logic and its semantics. He has had such a significant impact on modal logic that "It is hard to roam for long in modal logic without finding Krister Segerberg's traces," as Johan van Benthem notes in his chapter of this book
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Robert TrypuzPART I -- 1. "Krister Segerberg’s Philosophy of Action"; Richmond Thomason -- 2. "The concept of a routine in Segerberg’s philosophy of action"; Dag Elgesem -- 3. "On the Reconciliation of Logics of Agency and Logics of Event Types"; Jan Broersen -- 4. "Three traditions in the logic of action: bringing them together"; Andreas Herzig, Tiago de Lima, Emiliano Lorini, and Nicolas Troquard -- 5. "Deontic Logics based on Boolean Algebra"; Pablo Castro and Piotr Kulicki -- 6. "Dynamic Deontic Logic, Segerberg-Style"; John-Jules Meyer -- PART II -- 7. "Contraction, Revision, Expansion - Representing Belief Change Operations"; Sven Ove Hansson -- 8. "Segerberg on the Paradoxes of Introspective Belief Change"; Erik J Olsson and Sebastian Enqvist -- 9. "Equivalent Beliefs in Dynamic Doxastic Logic"; Robert Goldblatt -- 10. "On revocable and irrevocable belief revision"; Hans van Ditmarsch -- 11. "Actions, belief update, and DDL"; Jérôme Lang -- 12. "DDL as an “Internalization” of Dynamic Belief Revision"; Alexandru Baltag, Virginie Fiutek, and Sonja Smets.- 13. "Two logical faces of belief revision"; Johan van Benthem.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9789400770850
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 333 p. 12 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 42
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschule ; Internationalisierung
    Abstract: This book honours the academic trajectory and global impact of Philip G. Altbach, one of the most important education comparativists worldwide for over forty years. From his early writings on India and student activism to his recent work on research universities, Altbach has served as a key developer of the expansion of the field to include comparative higher education. His capacity to find, support, and gather the best minds around the world, to organize research teams in order to explore the most relevant issues on comparative higher education has earned him international recognition. His service to the field of comparative higher education is invaluable and incomparable. This festschrift contains original pieces from colleagues and former students following a twofold discussion: the most relevant topics on comparative higher education and particular Altbach’s contributions to this field of work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction; Alma Maldonado-Maldonado and Roberta Malee Bassett2. The Complexity of Higher Education. A Career in Academics and Activism; Philip G. Altbach -- PART 1: Academic Profession -- PART 2: Internationalization of Higher Education -- PART 3: Academic Mobility -- PART 4: Regional Perspectives -- PART 5: Global Perspectives -- PART 6: World-Class Universities -- PART 7: Philip G. Altbach-The Teacher -- 25. Final Remarks; Roberta Malee Bassett and Alma Maldonado.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9789400771161
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 235 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Secularisations and their debates
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Political science Philosophy ; Social sciences ; Anthropology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Political science Philosophy ; Social sciences ; Anthropology ; Atheismus gnd ; Neue Religiosität gnd ; Secularism ; Secularization ; Säkularisierung gnd ; Säkularismus gnd ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Westliche Welt ; Säkularisierung ; Neue Religiosität
    Abstract: This volume explores timely topics in contemporary political and social debates, including: the new atheisms, the debate between Habermas and the Pope on the fate of modernity, and the impact of new scientific developments on traditional religions. This book collects articles first presented at the Deakin University "World in Crisis" workshop, held November 2010 by leading Australasian philosophers and theologians. It addresses questions raised by the recent, much-touted return to religion, including possible reasons for the return and its practical, political, and intellectual prospects. Secularisation and Their Debates is not afraid to provide answers to such questions as: Is religion only ever a force of political reaction in modernity, or are there resources in it which progressive, even secular social movements, could engage with or adopt? Are the new atheisms, or on the opposite side, the new fundamentalisms, really novel phenomena, or has religion only ever been artificially sidelined in the modern Western states? Has modern liberalism only really been kidding itself about its non-doctrinal neutrality between different faiths, and if so, what should follow? This book will appeal to researchers in the philosophy of religion, social sciences, political philosophy, and anthropology
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: Secularization and its DiscontentsM. Sharpe, D. Nickelson -- 2. Disenchantments of secularism: the West and India, P. Bilimoria -- 3. Locke, secularism and the justice of the secular solution: towards a self-reflective transcending of secular-self understanding, P.A. Quadrio -- 4. Marx and the Christian logic of the secular state, R.  Boer -- 5. Spirit matters: Life after secularism and religion? J. Rossouw -- 6. Counter-secularism: parsing the theological cure for our modern malady, D. Nickelson -- 7. ‘In the Beginning Was .. the Story’? On Secularisation, Narrative, and Nominalisms, M. Sharpe -- 8. Enjoy your Enlightenment! New Atheism, fanaticism and the joys of other people’s illusions, B. Cooke -- 9. Against fundamentalism: The silence of the Divine in the work of Karen Armstrong, P. Brown -- 10. Secularism stuck in the End-Times: From Alexandre Kojève to the recent Messianic Turn, R. Jeffs -- 11. Charles Taylor’s search for transcendence: mystery, suffering, violence, J. Rundell -- 12. Towards post-secular Enlightenment, W. Hudson.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400775541
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 241 p. 2 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Sharon, Tamar Human nature in an age of biotechnology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Anthropology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Anthropology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Biotechnologie ; Philosophische Anthropologie ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: New biotechnologies have propelled the question of what it means to be human - or posthuman - to the forefront of societal and scientific consideration. This volume provides an accessible, critical overview of the main approaches in the debate on posthumanism, and argues that they do not adequately address the question of what it means to be human in an age of biotechnology. Not because they belong to rival political camps, but because they are grounded in a humanist ontology that presupposes a radical separation between human subjects and technological objects. The volume offers a comprehensive mapping of posthumanist discourse divided into four broad approaches-two humanist-based approaches: dystopic and liberal posthumanism, and two non-humanist approaches: radical and methodological posthumanism. The author compares and contrasts these models via an exploration of key issues, from human enhancement, to eugenics, to new configurations of biopower, questioning what role technology plays in defining the boundaries of the human, the subject and nature for each. Building on the contributions and limitations of radical and methodological posthumanism, the author develops a novel perspective, mediated posthumanism, that brings together insights in the philosophy of technology, the sociology of biomedicine, and Michel Foucault’s work on ethical subject constitution. In this framework, technology is neither a neutral tool nor a force that alienates humanity from itself, but something that is always already part of the experience of being human, and subjectivity is viewed as an emergent property that is constantly being shaped and transformed by its engagements with biotechnologies. Mediated posthumanism becomes a tool for identifying novel ethical modes of human experience that are richer and more multifaceted than current posthumanist perspectives allow for. The book will be essential reading for students and scholars working on ethics and technology, philosophy of technology, poststructuralism, technology and the body, and medical ethics
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. IntroductionChapter 2. A Cartography of the Posthuman -- Chapter 3. The Human Enhancement Debate: For, Against and from Human Nature -- Chapter 4. Towards a Non-Humanist Posthumanism: The Originary Prostheticity of Radical and Methodological Posthumanism -- Chapter 5. From Molar to Molecular Bodies: Posthumanist Frameworks in Contemporary Biology -- Chapter 6. Posthuman Subjectivity: Beyond Modern Metaphysics -- Chapter 7. Technologically Produced Nature: Nature Beyond Schizophrenia and Paranoia -- Chapter 8. New Modes of Ethical Selfhood: Geneticization and Genetically Responsible Subjectivity -- Chapter 9. Conclusion.             .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9789400776395
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 219 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Peer review of learning and teaching in higher education
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Evaluation ; Peer Review ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Evaluation ; Peer Review
    Abstract: Incorporating both theoretical and practical perspectives, this volume of papers explores varied aspects of peer review of teaching in higher education. The section on theory features contributions from academics based in Europe, North America and Australia. It provides a number of models demonstrating ways in which collegial peer commentary can enhance the quality of learning and teaching. The chapters examine in detail the importance of communication and leadership, and deploy evidence from one-on-one interviews that evince the value of considering collegiality, emotions, attitudes, and spaces in peer review. The analysis shows how these factors are central to the ways in which lecturers and teachers communicate with each other to create constructive opportunities for learning. The chapters on practical considerations detail the peer review process and include case studies from institutions in Africa, Europe, North America and Australia, which focus on different areas of the topic, including peer review as a quality assurance mechanism, peer review in distance education, peer review in foundation courses, and peer review embedded within a department and across a university. The book ends with an international perspective on the role of peer review in ensuring a holistic approach to quality enhancement in learning and teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: The Place of Peer Review in Learning and TeachingPART 1: Theory -- 2. Collaborative Peer-Supported Review of Teaching -- 3. A Practical Model for Conducting Helpful Peer Review of Teaching -- 4. Leadership: A Cultural Perspective on Review as Quality Assurance versus Quality Enhancement -- 5. Climates of Communication: Collegiality, Affect, Spaces and Attitudes in Peer Review -- 6. Six Questions -- PART 2: Practice -- 7. Peer Review as Quality Assurance -- 8. Peer Review for Distance Educators: Two Case Studies -- 9. Peer Review in a Foundations in Learning and Teaching Program -- 10. Peer Review of Teaching at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln -- 11. Implementing Departmental Peer Observation of Teaching in Universities -- PART 3: Conclusion -- 12. Was Moses peer reviewed? The Ten Commandments of Peer Observation of Teaching -- 13. International Perspectives on Peer Review as Quality Enhancement.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400771406
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 283 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in German Idealism 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Kant on proper science
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy (General) Science ; History ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Kant, Immanuel 1724-1804 ; Naturwissenschaften ; Biologie ; Kant, Immanuel 1724-1804 Opus postumum ; Kant, Immanuel 1724-1804 ; Naturwissenschaften ; Kant, Immanuel 1724-1804 ; Biologie ; Kant, Immanuel 1724-1804 Opus postumum ; Biologie
    Abstract: This book provides a novel treatment of Immanuel Kant’s views on proper natural science and biology. The status of biology in Kant’s system of science is often taken to be problematic. By analyzing Kant’s philosophy of biology in relation to his conception of proper science, the present book determines Kant’s views on the scientific status of biology. Combining a broad ideengeschichtlich approach with a detailed historical reconstruction of philosophical and scientific texts, the book establishes important interconnections between Kant’s philosophy of science, his views on biology, and his reception of late 18th century biological theories. It discusses Kant’s views on science and biology as articulated in his published writings and in the Opus postumum. The book shows that although biology is a non-mathematical science and the relation between biology and other natural sciences is not specified, Kant did allow for the possibility of providing scientific explanations in biology and assigned biology a specific domain of investigation.
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsNote on citation and translation -- 1. Introduction: Kant on Science and Biology -- 2. Kant’s Conception of Proper Science -- 3. Mechanical Explanation and Grounding -- 4. Kant on Teleology -- 5. Kant on the Domain and Method of Biology -- 6. Kant on the Systematicity of Physics and the Opus postumum -- 7. Vital Forces and Organisms in the Opus postumum -- 8. Materialism, Hylozoism, and Natural History in the Opus postumum -- 9. Concluding Remarks.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400746411
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 338 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 208
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. u.d.T. Dupont, Christian Phenomenology in French philosophy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Husserl, Edmund, 1859-1938 ; Influence ; Philosophy, French ; 20th century ; Phenomenology ; Frankreich ; Phänomenologie ; Rezeption ; Geschichte 1889-1939
    Abstract: This work investigates the early encounters of French philosophers and religious thinkers with the phenomenological philosophy of Edmund Husserl. Following an introductory chapter addressing context and methodology, Chapter 2 argues that Henri Bergson’s insights into lived duration and intuition and Maurice Blondel’s genetic description of action functioned as essential precursors to the French reception of phenomenology. Chapter 3 details the presentations of Husserl and his followers by three successive pairs of French academic philosophers: Léon Noël and Victor Delbos, Lev Shestov and Jean Hering, and Bernard Groethuysen and Georges Gurvitch. Chapter 4 then explores the appropriation of Bergsonian and Blondelian phenomenological insights by Catholic theologians Édouard Le Roy and Pierre Rousselot. Chapter 5 examines applications and critiques of phenomenology by French religious philosophers, including Jean Hering, Joseph Maréchal, and neo-Thomists like Jacques Maritain. A concluding chapter expounds the principal finding that philosophical and theological receptions of phenomenology in France prior to 1939 proceeded independently due to differences in how Bergson and Blondel were perceived by French philosophers and religious thinkers and their respective orientations to the Cartesian and Aristotelian/Thomist intellectual traditions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Occasion; 1.2 Contribution; 1.3 Methodology and Terminology; 1.3.1 Definition of Reception; 1.3.2 Definition of Phenomenology; 1.3.3 Definition of Religious Thought; 1.4 Plan; References; Chapter 2: Precursors to the Reception of Phenomenology in France, 1889-1909; 2.1 Three Major Currents in French Philosophy at the End of the Nineteenth Century; 2.1.1 Positivism; 2.1.2 Idealism; 2.1.2.1 Charles Renouvier; 2.1.2.2 Léon Brunschvicg; 2.1.3 Spiritualism; 2.1.3.1 Félix Ravaisson; 2.1.3.2 Jules Lachelier; 2.1.3.3 Émile Boutroux
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.4 Summary: Anticipations of Phenomenology in French Positivism, Idealism, and Spiritualism2.2 Henri Bergson: Lived Duration and Intuition; 2.2.1 Bergson's Original Insight; 2.2.2 Bergson's Principal Themes: Duration and Intuition; 2.2.2.1 Duration; 2.2.2.2 Intuition; 2.2.3 Bergson as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology; 2.2.3.1 Similarities; 2.2.3.2 Differences; 2.2.3.3 Conclusions; 2.2.4 Bergson's Influence on French Theologians; 2.3 Maurice Blondel: A Phenomenology of Action; 2.3.1 Blondel's Original Insight; 2.3.2 Blondel's Principal Theme: Action
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.3 Blondel as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology2.3.3.1 Critique of Positivist Approaches to Science; 2.3.3.2 Phenomenological Themes: Intentionality, Intuition, and Intersubjectivity; 2.3.3.3 Conclusions; 2.3.4 Blondel's Influence on French Theologians; 2.4 Conclusion: Bergson and Blondel as Precursors to the Reception of Husserlian Phenomenology in France; References; Chapter 3: Four Phases in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Philosophy, 1910-1939; 3.1 Léon Noël and Victor Delbos; 3.1.1 Léon Noël; 3.1.2 Victor Delbos; 3.1.3 Noël and Delbos as Interpreters of Phenomenology
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Lev Shestov and Jean Hering3.2.1 Lev Shestov; 3.2.2 Jean Hering; 3.2.3 Shestov's Reply to Hering; 3.2.4 Hering's Rebuttal to Shestov; 3.2.5 Shestov and Hering as Interpreters of Phenomenology; 3.3 Bernard Groethuysen and Georges Gurvitch; 3.3.1 Bernard Groethuysen; 3.3.2 Interlude: German Phenomenologists in France; 3.3.3 Georges Gurvitch; 3.3.3.1 Gurvitch on Husserl; 3.3.3.2 Gurvitch on Scheler; 3.3.3.3 Gurvitch on Lask and Hartmann; 3.3.3.4 Gurvitch on Heidegger; 3.3.4 Groethuysen and Gurvitch as Interpreters of Phenomenology; 3.4 Emmanuel Levinas and Jean-Paul Sartre
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.1 Emmanuel Levinas3.4.1.1 On Husserl's Ideas; 3.4.1.2 Husserl's Theory of Intuition; 3.4.1.3 Heidegger's Ontology; 3.4.2 Jean-Paul Sartre; 3.4.3 Levinas and Sartre as Interpreters of Phenomenology; 3.5 Conclusion: Four Phases in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Philosophy, 1910-1939; 3.5.1 Phase One: Awareness of Husserl as a Critic of Psychologism; 3.5.2 Phase Two: Polemics Over Ideas and the Logos Essay; 3.5.3 Phase Three: Popularization of Phenomenology; 3.5.4 Phase Four: Original French Appropriations of Phenomenology; 3.5.5 Other Figures, Further Aspects; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Receptions of Phenomenological Insights in French Religious Thought, 1901-1929
    Description / Table of Contents: ACKNOWLEDGMENTSINTRODUCTION -- I. The Occasion of the Dissertation -- II. The Contribution of the Dissertation -- III. Methodology and Terminology -- A. Definition of Reception -- B. Definition of Phenomenology -- C. Definition of Religious Thought -- IV. The Plan of the Dissertation -- CHAPTER 1 PRECURSORS TO THE RECEPTION OF PHENOMENOLOGY IN FRANCE, 1889-1909 -- I. Three Major Currents in French Philosophy at the End of the Nineteenth Century -- A. Positivism -- B. Idealism -- C Spiritualism -- D. Conclusion: Anticipations of Phenomenology in French Positivism, Idealism and Spiritualism.-II. Henri Bergson: Lived Duration and Intuition -- A. Bergson’s Original Insight -- B. Bergson’s Principal Themes: Duration and Intuition -- C. Bergson as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology -- D. Bergson’s Influence on French Theologians -- III. Maurice Blondel: A Phenomenology of Action -- A. Blondel’s Original Insight -- B. Blondel’s Principal Theme: Action -- C. Blondel as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology -- D. Blondel’s Influence on French Theologians -- IV. Conclusion: Bergson and Blondel as Precursors to the Reception of Husserlian Phenomenology in France -- CHAPTER 2 FOUR PHASES IN THE RECEPTION OF PHENOMENOLOGY IN FRENCH PHILOSOPHY, 1910-1939 -- I. Léon Noël and Victor Delbos -- A. Léon Noël -- B. Victor Delbos -- C. Noël and Delbos as Interpreters of Phenomenology -- II. Lev Shestov and Jean Héring -- A. Lev Shestov -- B. Jean Héring -- C. Shestov’s Reply to Héring -- D. Héring’s Rebuttal to Shestov -- E. Shestov and Héring as Interpreters of Phenomenology -- III. Bernard Groethuysen and Georges Gurvitch -- A. Bernard Groethuysen -- B. Interlude: German Phenomenologists in France -- C. Georges Gurvitch -- D. Groethuysen and Gurvitch as Interpreters of phenomenology -- IV. Emmanuel Levinas and Jean-Paul Sartre -- A. Emmanuel Levinas -- B. Jean-Paul Sartre -- C. Levinas and Sartre as Interpreters of Phenomenology -- V. Conclusion: Four Phases in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Philosophy, 1910-1939 -- CHAPTER 3 RECEPTIONS OF PHENOMENOLOGICAL INSIGHTS IN FRENCH RELIGIOUS THOUGHT, 1901-1929 -- I. Édouard Le Roy -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Le Roy and Bergson -- C. Le Roy’s Application of Bergsonian Insights to Religious Thought -- D. Le Roy’s Contribution to the Theological Reception of Phenomenology -- II. Pierre Rousselot -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Rousselot and Blondel -- C. Rousselot’s Application of Blondelian Insights to Religious Thought -- D. Rousselot’s Contribution to the Theological Reception of Phenomenology -- CHAPTER 4 RECEPTIONS OF HUSSERLIAN PHENOMENOLOGY IN FRENCH RELIGIOUS THOUGHT, 1926-1939 -- I. Jean Héring -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Phenomenology and the Philosophy of Religion -- C. Héring’s Application of Phenomenology to Religious Thought -- II. Gaston Rabeau -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Phenomenology and Theological Epistemology -- C. Rabeau’s Application of Phenomenology to Religious Thought -- III. Joseph Maréchal -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Phenomenology and the Critical Justification of Metaphysics -- C. Maréchal’s Application of Phenomenology to Religious Thought -- IV. Neo-Thomist Encounters with Phenomenology -- A. The Société Thomiste and the Journée d’Études -- B. Neo-Thomist Appraisals of Phenomenology V. Conclusion: Two Stages in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Religious Thought Prior to 1939 -- CONCLUSION -- I. Receptions of Phenomenology in French Academic Circles prior to 1939 -- II. Appropriations of Phenomenology by French Philosophers -- III. Appropriations of Phenomenology by French Religious Thinkers -- IV. French Receptions of Phenomenology since 1939 -- WORKS CITED.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400776128
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 442 p. 18 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Medical Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Medical Education ; Education, Higher ; Medizinische Ausbildung
    Abstract: This volume addresses all facets of faculty development, including academic and career development, teaching improvement, research capacity building, and leadership development. In addition, it describes a multitude of ways, ranging from workshops to the workplace, in which health professionals can develop their knowledge and skills. By providing an informed and scholarly overview of faculty development, and by describing original content that has not been previously published, this book helps to ensure that research and evidence inform practice, move the scholarly agenda forward, and promote dialogue and debate in this evolving field. It will prove an invaluable resource for faculty development program planning, implementation and evaluation, and will help to sustain faculty members’ vitality and commitment to excellence. Kelley M. Skeff, M.D., Ph.D., May 2013: In this text, Steinert and her colleagues have provided a significant contribution to the future of faculty development. In an academic and comprehensive way, the authors have both documented past efforts in faculty development as well as provided guidance and stimuli for the future. The scholarly and well-referenced chapters provide a compendium of methods previously used while emphasizing the expanding areas deserving work. Moreover, the writers consistently elucidate the faculty development process by highlighting the theoretical underpinnings of faculty development and the research conducted. Thus, the book provides an important resource for two major groups, current providers and researchers in faculty development as well as those desiring to enter the field. Both groups of readers can benefit from a reading of the entire book or by delving into their major area of interest and passion. In so doing, they will better understand our successes and our limitations in this emerging field. Faculty development in the health professions has now received attention for 6 decades. Yet, dedicated faculty members trying to address the challenges in medical education and the health care delivery system do not have all the assistance they need to achieve their goals. This book provides a valuable resource towards that end.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I - Introduction1. Faculty Development: Core Concepts and Principles; Yvonne Steinert -- Section II - The Scope of Faculty Development -- 2. Faculty Development for Teaching Improvement; Carol S. Hodgson and LuAnn Wilkerson -- 3. Faculty Development for Leadership and Management; Tim Swanwick and Judy McKimm -- 4. Faculty Development for Research Capacity Building; Brian Hodges -- 5. Faculty Development for Academic and Career Development; Karen Leslie -- 6. Faculty Development for Organizational Change; Brian Jolly -- Section III - Approaches to Faculty Development -- 7. Learning from Experience: From Workplace Learning to Communities of Practice; Yvonne Steinert -- 8. Peer Coaching and Mentorship; Miriam Boillat and Michelle Elizov -- 9. Workshops and Seminars: Enhancing Effectiveness; Willem de Grave, Anneke Zanting, Désirée D. Mansvelder-Longayroux and Willemina M. Molenaar -- 10. Intensive Longitudinal Faculty Development Programs; Larry Gruppen -- 11. Faculty Development Online; David A. Cook -- Section IV - Practical Applications -- 12. Faculty Development to Promote Role-Modeling and Reflective Practice; Karen V. Mann -- 13. Faculty Development for Curriculum Change: Towards Competency-Based Teaching and Assessment; Linda Snell -- 14. Faculty Development for Interprofessional Education and Practice; Liz Anderson, Sarah Hean, Cath O'Halloran, Richard Pitt and Marilyn Hammick -- 15. International Faculty Development Partnerships; Stacey Friedman, Francois Cilliers, Ara Tekian and John Norcini -- 16. Starting a Faculty Development Program; Ivan Silver -- Section V - Research and Scholarship in Faculty Development -- 17. Faculty Development Research: The ‘State of the Art’ and Future Trends; John Spencer -- 18. Promoting Scholarship in Faculty Development: Relevant Research Paradigms and Methodologies; Patricia S. O’Sullivan and David M. Irby -- 19. Faculty Development and Knowledge Translation: From Theory to Practice; Aliki Thomas and Yvonne Steinert -- Section VI - Conclusion -- 20. Faculty Development: Future Directions; Yvonne Steinert.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400778382
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 233 p. 3 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 368
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Computer science
    Abstract: This book analyzes Bas van Fraassen’s characterization of representation and models in science. In this regard, it presents the philosophical coordinates of his approach and pays attention to his structural empiricism as a framework for his views on scientific representations and models. These are developed here through two new contributions made by van Fraassen. In addition, there are analyses of the relation between models and reality in his approach, where the complexity of this conception is considered in detail. Furthermore, there is an examination of scientific explanation and epistemic values judgments. This volume includes a wealth of bibliographical information on his philosophy and relevant philosophical issues. Bas van Fraassen is a key figure in contemporary philosophy of science, as the prestigious Hempel Award shows. His views on scientific representation offer new ideas on how it should be characterized, and his conception of models shows a novelty that goes beyond other empiricists’ approaches of recent times. Both aspects - the characterization of scientific representation and the conception of models in science - are part of a deliberate attempt to forge a “structural empiricism,” an alternative to structural realism based on an elaborated version of empiricism
    Description / Table of Contents: Prologue; Wenceslao J. GonzalezPart 1. Philosophical Coordinates -- Chapter 1. “On Representation and Models in Bas van Fraassen’s Approach”; Wenceslao J. Gonzalez -- Chapter 2. “Scientific Activity as an Interpretative Practice. Empiricism, Constructivism and Pragmatism”; Inmaculada Perdomo -- Chapter 3. “Models and Phenomena: Bas van Fraassen’s Empiricist Structuralism”; Iranzo, Valeriano -- Part 2. Models and Representations -- Chapter 4. “The Criterion of Empirical Grounding in the Sciences”; Bas van Fraassen -- Chapter 5. “On Representing Evidence”; Maria Carla Galavotti -- Part 3. Models and Reality -- Chapter 6. “The View from Within and the View from Above : Looking at van Fraassen’s Perrin”; Stathis Psillos -- Chapter 7. “Models and Phenomena: Bas van Fraassen’s Empiricist Structuralism”;  Valeriano Iranzo -- Chapter 8. “Scientific Models and Abduction: The Role of Non Classical Logics”; Ángel Nepomuceno -- Part 4. Scientific Explanation and Epistemic Values Judgments -- Chapter 9. “Explanation as a Pragmatic Virtue: Bas van Fraassen’s Model”; Margarita Santana -- Chapter 10. “Values, Choices, and Epistemic Stances”, Bas van Fraassen.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9789401788229
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 261 p. 7 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Emerging international dimensions in East Asian higher education
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Ostasien ; Ausbildung
    Abstract: In East Asia, higher education has relied heavily on private and marketized forces in its rapid development process. At the same time, state governments have introduced strong initiatives especially in upgrading the global positioning of their flagship universities through their pursuit of international competitiveness. Currently, these well-known characteristics of East Asian higher education are challenged by the necessity to formulate international dimensions for regional and global well-being, without a clear consensus as to a regional future vision. The changing roles of East Asian higher education in a new global environment have implications for academics and policy-makers who not only wish but also need to understand the most recent developments and future prospects of higher education from an East Asian point of view. In Emerging International Dimensions in East Asian Higher Education, authors from a wide variety of cultural and academic backgrounds examine the changing context of East Asian higher education in the global, regional, and national dimensions The analysis and case study material in this volume are strengthened by the wealth of contributors diverse national and professional backgrounds. Most have practical experience in the formulation of higher education policy in two or more countries. The range of disciplinary perspectives that contributors brought to the book including sociology, political science, anthropology, economics, philosophy and history strengthen the multi-disciplinary approach, credibility, and uniqueness of the work.Each chapter considers the impact of the emergence of international dimensions in East Asian Higher Education through detailed consideration of trends and debates over higher education reforms at the regional, sub-regional, inter-regional and national levels. Issues such as student mobility, cross-border higher education programs, quality assurance, and demands from the market economy, among others, are examined.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Emergence of International Dimensions in East Asian Higher Education: Pursuing Regional and Global Development; Introduction; Changing Landscape of Higher Education in East Asia; The Regional Dimension in Asian Higher Education; Quality Assurance in the Regional Context; The Public Nature of Higher Education; Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Higher Education as a Public Good in a Marketized East Asian Environment; Introduction; The Setting; Globalization; Neoliberalism in Government; The Global Competition State; Higher Education in East Asia
    Description / Table of Contents: Competitive and CollaborativePublic Good and Public Goods in Higher Education; Public Goods in Economics; The Public Good; The Public Sphere; Comparative and Global Public Goods; Comparative Public Goods; Global Public Goods; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Asian Research: The Role of Universities; Introduction; The Beginnings of Asian Higher Education; The Context; A Rich and Distinctive Intellectual Tradition; Colonialism Stunted the Development of Educational Development and Knowledge Production; Asian States Treasure Their Autonomy
    Description / Table of Contents: Asian States Place a High Priority on Economic and Social DevelopmentAsian States View Human Resources as the Foundation of Development; Asian States Vary in Their Development Priorities; Defense-Related Knowledge Production Is Not a Priority; The Scale of Asian Nations Varies; New Focus on Knowledge Creation; The Purpose of Science and Technology; A Distinctive Strategy or Strategies for Knowledge Creation; The Role of the Universities; Recent Efforts to Stimulate Creative Research in the Academy and Elsewhere; Asian Science and Technology Is Gaining International Prominence
    Description / Table of Contents: Obstacles to Academic Knowledge ProductionPractical Bias; Difficult to Change Academic Field Coverage of Academic Sector; Legalism; Difficulty in Building Relations Between Academia and the Private Sector; Shortage of Qualified Researchers; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The Institutional Prospects of Cross-Border Higher Education for East Asian Regional Integration: An Analysis of the JICA Survey of Leading Universities in East Asia; Introduction; Contexts and Research Questions; East Asian Integration Prospects; East Asian Higher Education Integration; Research Questions; Prior Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Method and Data SourceDefinition and Selection Methods of ``Leading´´ Universities; Leading Universities That Responded; Overview of the Questionnaire; Findings; Types of Cross-Border Activities; Expected Outcomes of Overall Cross-Border Activities; Discussion and Reflections on the Findings; References; Chapter 5: The Harmonization of Higher Education in Southeast Asia; Introduction; Background: Southeast Asia and Higher Education; Definition: What Is the Harmonization of Higher Education?; Reasons: Why Is the Harmonization of Higher Education in Southeast Asia Essential?
    Description / Table of Contents: Actors: Who Can Lead the Drive for Southeast Asian Harmonization?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401787802
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 191 p. 10 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: The Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 79
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Poincaré, philosopher of science
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Differentiable dynamical systems ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Differentiable dynamical systems ; Poincaré, Henri 1854-1912 ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This volume presents a selection of papers from the Poincaré Project of the Center for the Philosophy of Science, University of Lisbon, bringing together an international group of scholars with new assessments of Henri Poincaré's philosophy of science-both its historical impact on the foundations of science and mathematics, and its relevance to contemporary philosophical inquiry. The work of Poincaré (1854-1912) extends over many fields within mathematics and mathematical physics. But his scientific work was inseparable from his groundbreaking philosophical reflections, and the scientific ferment in which he participated was inseparable from the philosophical controversies in which he played a pre-eminent part. The subsequent history of the mathematical sciences was profoundly influenced by Poincaré’s philosophical analyses of the relations between and among mathematics, logic, and physics, and, more generally, the relations between formal structures and the world of experience. The papers in this collection illuminate Poincaré’s place within his own historical context as well as the implications of his work for ours
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceIntroduction; Robert DiSalle and María de Paz -- Part I Poincaré’s Philosophy of Science -- 1 Portrait of Henri Poincaré as a young philosopher: the formative years (1860-1873); Laurent Rollet -- 2 The Invention of Convention; Janet Folina -- 3 The third way epistemology: A re-characterization of Poincaré’s conventionalism; María de Paz -- 4 Poincaré, Indifferent Hypotheses and Metaphysics; Antonio Videira -- Part II Poincaré on the Foundations of Mathematics -- 5 Poincaré in Göttingen; Reinhard Kahle -- 6 Poincaré on the Principles of the Calculus; Augusto J. Franco de Oliveira -- 7 Does the French Connection (Poincaré, Lautman) provide some insights regarding the thesis that meta-mathematics is an exception to the slogan that mathematics concerns structures?; Gerhard Heinzmann.- Part III Poincaré on the Foundations of Physics -- 8 Henri Poincaré: The status of mechanical explanations and the foundations of statistical mechanics; João Príncipe -- 9 Poincaré: A scientist inspired by his philosophy; Isabella Serra -- 10 Poincaré on the construction of space-time; Robert DiSalle -- Contributors -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401786256
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 258 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advancing Global Bioethics 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. African indigenous ethics in global bioethics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Afrika ; Bioethik
    Abstract: This book educates whilst also challenging the contemporary schools of thought within philosophical and religious ethics. In addition, it underlines the fact that the substance of ethics in general and bioethics/healthcare ethics specifically, is much more expansive and inclusive than is usually thought. Bioethics is a relatively new academic discipline. However, ethics has existed informally since before the time of Hippocrates. The indigenous culture of African peoples has an ethical worldview which predates the western discourse. This indigenous ethical worldview has been orally transmitted over centuries. The earliest known written African text containing some concepts and content of ethics is the “Declaration of Innocence” written in 1500 B.C., found in an Egyptian text. Ubuntu is an example of African culture that presents an ethical worldview. This work interprets the culture of Ubuntu to explain the contribution of a representative indigenous African ethics to global bioethics. Many modern scholars have written about the meaning of Ubuntu for African societies over centuries. Some scholars have viewed Ubuntu as the greatest contribution of African cultures to other world cultures. None of the scholars, however has explored the culture of Ubuntu as providing a representative indigenous ethics that can contribute to global bioethics as discussed in this book
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter-1 ; Introduction: The Culture of Ubuntu; 1.1 Emergence of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1 Inevitable Birth of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1.1 Limited Scope of Medical Ethics and the Increasing Need for Global Bioethics; 1.1.1.2 Political Bases for the Genesis of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1.3 Demographical Conditions that Necessitated Emergence of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.2 UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rightsas Appropriate Response to the Needs of the Times; 1.1.2.1 Globalization ; 1.1.2.2 Infectious Diseases ; 1.1.2.3 International Trade
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.3 UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rightsas an Unconscious Recognition of Ubuntu1.1.3.1 Humans should not be Used as Mere Means to Whatever End ; 1.1.3.2 Increasingly Obvious Need for International Bioethical Policymaking Board; 1.1.3.3 The Increasing Need to Recognize Human Basic Equality Globally ; 1.2 Exploration of Ubuntu ; 1.2.1 Meaning of Ubuntu ; 1.2.2 Ubuntu is Anthropocentric, Theocentric and Cosmocentric ; 1.2.2.1 Interdependence ; 1.2.2.2 Need for Otherness ; 1.2.2.3 Ubuntu and Unity ; 1.2.3 Ubuntu Ethics of Immortality ; 1.2.3.1 Personal Immortality
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.3.2 The Importance of Marriage and Procreation 1.2.3.3 Ubuntu Theory of Moral Development ; 1.3 Relevance of Ubuntu Worldview ; 1.3.1 Ubuntu Existential-Relational Epistemology ; 1.3.2 Ubuntu Relational and Holistic Perspective on Human Disease ; 1.3.3 Ubuntu Communitarian Healthcare Ethics ; 1.4 Conclusion ; Chapter-2; Ubuntu Ethics; 2.1 Tension Between Individual and Universal Rights; 2.1.1 Inalienable Rights; 2.1.1.1 Personal Rights within Communitarian Context; 2.1.1.2 Individual's Personal Rights are Defined by Others' Personal Rights; 2.1.2 Human Relationships
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.2.1 Anthropological and Epistemological Perspective2.1.2.2 Otherness; 2.1.2.3 Communitarianism; 2.1.3 Reciprocity of Care; 2.1.3.1 Reciprocity as the Bond Between the Community and an Individual; 2.1.3.2 Ujamaa as Praxis of Ubuntu Reciprocity; 2.1.3.3 Importance of Marriage and Procreation; 2.2 Cosmic and Global Context; 2.2.1 Justice; 2.2.1.1 Ubuntu Justice is Reparative Rather than Retributive; 2.2.1.2 Ubuntu Justice is Distributive; 2.2.1.3 Ubuntu Justice is Communitarian; 2.2.2 Diversity; 2.2.2.1 Anthropocentrism and Respect for Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.2.2 Otherness as Source, Objective and Rationale of Morality2.2.2.3 Tension Between Diversity, Communitarianism and Human Freedom; 2.2.3 Biosphere; 2.2.3.1 The Self and the Cosmos in Relationship; 2.2.3.2 Role of and Respect for Other Forms of Life; 2.2.3.3 Sacredness of the Biosphere; 2.3 The Role of Solidarity; 2.3.1 Common Good; 2.3.1.1 Common Ownership of the Major Means of Production; 2.3.1.2 Distribution of Wealth on the Basis of Need; 2.3.1.3 Moral Obligation to Participate in the Process of Production; 2.3.2 Social Cohesion
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2.1 Moral Responsibility to Participate in Community Building
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400779174
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 187 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Campbell, Catherine Galko Persons, identity, and political theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Hochschulschrift ; Politische Identität ; Liberalismus ; Kommunitarismus ; Politische Identität ; Liberalismus ; Kommunitarismus ; Rawls, John 1921-2002 A theory of justice
    Abstract: This book examines the conception of the person at work in John Rawls’s writings from Theory of Justice to Justice as Fairness: A Restatement. The book aims to show that objections to Rawls’s political conception of the person fail and that a Rawlsian conception of political identity is defensible. The book shows that the debate between liberals and communitarians is relevant to the current debate regarding perfectionism and neutrality in politics, and clarifies the debate between Rawls and communitarians in a way that will promote fruitful discussion on the issue of political identity. It does this by providing a clearer account of a conception of personal identity according to which persons are socially constituted, including the intuitions and assumptions underlying the communitarians’ conception of persons as “socially constituted.” It examines the communitarian objections to liberal political theory and to the liberal conception of persons, the “unencumbered self.” The book differentiates between two types of objection to the liberal conception of persons: the metaphysical and normative. It explains Rawls's political conception of persons, and the metaphysical and normative commitments Rawls incurs-and does not incur-in virtue of that conception. It shows that both kind of objection to Rawls's political conception of the person fail. Finally, modifying Rawls’s political conception of the person, a Rawlsian conception of political identity is explained and defended.
    Description / Table of Contents: DedicationAcknowledgments -- Table of Contents -- Chapter 1: Political Identity, Perfectionism and Neutrality -- Chapter 2: Personal Identity and Liberal Political Theory -- Chapter 3: Clarification of the Liberal/Communitarian Debate and Metaphysical Objections to Rawls’s Conception of the Person.- Chapter 4: Taylor’s Conception of Persons and His Theory of Personal Identity.- Chapter 5: Defense of the Original Position.- Chapter 6: Objections to Rawls’s Political Conception of Persons -- Chapter 7: Defense of Rawls’s Political Conception of the Person.- Chapter 8: Rawlsian Political Identity -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400774414
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 160 p. 5 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy 43
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Business ethics and risk management
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Risikomanagement ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Risikomanagement ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Abstract: This volume explores various aspects of risk taking. It offers an analysis of financial, entrepreneurial and social risks, as well as a discussion of the ethical implications of empirical findings. The main issues examined in the book are the financial crisis and its implications for business ethics. The book discusses unethical behaviour as a reputational risk (e.g., in the case of Goldman Sachs) and the question is raised as to what extent the financial crisis has changed the banks’ entrepreneurial strategy. The book presents an analysis of the reasons leading to the crisis and identifies them as ethical dilemma structures. In addition, it looks at general questions regarding ethical behaviour and risk taking, such as: To what extent does the social embeddedness or abstraction play a role in guaranteeing ethical behaviour? What conclusions can be drawn from institutional or evolutionary perspectives on risk management? Finally, the book discusses further issues that become factors of risk within and between societies, such as work insecurity, corruption or the problem of facilitation payments as a risk in international transactions.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1) Risk Management and Risk Taking; Christoph Luetge: Risk Taking and the Ethics of Entrepreneurship2) Risk Management on Financial Markets -- Elena Esposito: The Present Use of the Future: Management and Production of Risk on Financial Markets -- Boudewijn de Bruin: Epistemically Virtuous Risk Management: Financial Due Diligence and Uncovering the Madoff Fraud -- 3) Risk Management in Organizations -- Jacob Dahl Rendtorff: Risk Management, Banality of Evil and Moral Blindness in Organizations and Corporations -- Cristina Besio: Transforming Risks into Moral Issues in Organizations --  Matthias Gronemeyer: Decision-Making as Navigational Art: A Pragmatic Approach to Risk Management -- 4) Philosophical Issues of Risk Management -- Thomas Beschorner: Beyond Risk Management, Toward Ethics - Institutional und Evolutionary Perspectives -- Nikil Mukerji: Consequentialism, Deontology and the Morality of Promising -- 5) Risk Management in Specific Systems -- Julie Jebeile:  The Nuclear Power Plant: Our New “Tower of Babel”? -- Nguyen Hoang Anh: The Global Economic Crisis as a Risk for the International Trade in  Hanoi.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400779143
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 248 p. 4 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. The moral status of technical artefacts
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Political science Philosophy ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Political science Philosophy ; Engineering ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science ; Technology ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Technik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Technik
    Abstract: This book considers the question: to what extent does it make sense to qualify technical artefacts as moral entities? The authors’ contributions trace recent proposals and topics including instrumental and non-instrumental values of artefacts, agency and artefactual agency, values in and around technologies, and the moral significance of technology. The editors’ introduction explains that as ‘agents’ rather than simply passive instruments, technical artefacts may actively influence their users, changing the way they perceive the world, the way they act in the world and the way they interact with each other. This volume features the work of various experts from around the world, representing a variety of positions on the topic. Contributions explore the contested discourse on agency in humans and artefacts, defend the Value Neutrality Thesis by arguing that technological artefacts do not contain, have or exhibit values, or argue that moral agency involves both human and non-human elements. The book also investigates technological fields that are subject to negative moral valuations due to the harmful effects of some of their products. It includes an analysis of some difficulties arising in Artificial Intelligence and an exploration of values in Chemistry and in Engineering. The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts is an advanced exploration of the various dimensions of the relations between technology and morality
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: the moral status of technical artefacts; Peter Kroes and Peter-Paul VerbeekChapter 1. Agency in Humans and in Artifacts: A Contested Discourse; Carl Mitcham -- Chapter 2. Towards a post-human intra-actional account of sociomaterial agency (and Morality); Lucas Introna -- Chapter 3. Which came first, the doer or the deed?; Allan Hanson -- Chapter 4. Some misunderstandings about the moral significance of technology; Peter-Paul Verbeek -- Chapter 5. “Guns don’t kill, people kill”; values in and/or around technologies; Joe Pitt.-Chapter 6. Can technology embody values?; Ibo van de Poel and Peter Kroes -- Chapter 7. From moral agents to moral factors: the structural ethics approach; Philip Brey -- Chapter 8. Artefactual agency and artefactual moral agency; Deborah G. Johnson and Merel Noorman -- Chapter 9. Artefacts, agency, and action schemes; Christian Illies and Anthonie Meijers -- Chapter 10. Artificial agents and their moral nature; Luciano Floridi -- Chapter 11. The good, the bad, the ugly and the poor: instrumental and non- instrumental values of artefacts; Maarten Franssen -- Chapter 12. Values in Chemistry and Engineering; Sven Ove Hansson.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9789401786546
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 274 p. 2 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Perspectives on the intersection of multiculturalism and positive psychology
    DDC: 302
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Ethnopsychologie ; Positive Psychologie ; Ethnopsychologie ; Positive Psychologie
    Abstract: This book provides the first comprehensive collection of topics that lie within the intersection of positive psychology and multicultural issues. Written by leaders in the field and using a broad definition of culture (including race, ethnicity, socioeconomic or social class status, disability status, religion/spirituality, sexual orientation, and gender), this book reviews relevant research, theory, and suggestions for practice and highlights the importance of considering context within a strengths-based framework. Beginning with a history of the intersection of multiculturalism and positive psychology and issues related to measurement and methodology, the volume proceeds to specific examples of current research in multiple areas of cultural identity. Finally, domains (e.g., school, work, psychotherapy) in which the findings of this work can be applied are described, as are directions for future theory and research in this area. This volume is aimed at students, scholars, and practitioners across several fields including multicultural psychology, positive psychology, counseling and clinical psychology, school psychology, social psychology, as well as marriage and family counseling, and social work. It will serve as an important reference to any who are interested in learning about the intersection of positive psychology and multiculturalism
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Shane J. LopezPreface; Jennifer Teramoto Pedrotti and Lisa Edwards -- Part I. Theoretical Underpinnings and Research Issues -- Chapter 1. History of Cultural Context in Positive Psychology: We Finally Come to the Start of the Journey; Christina Downey and Edward C. Chang -- Chapter 2. Broad Definitions of Culture in the Field of Positive Psychology; Heather N. Rasmussen and Lea Lavish -- Chapter 3. Multicultural Considerations in Measurement and Classifications of Positive Psychology; Cristalis Capielo, Lauren Mann, Baileu Nevels and Edward Delgado-Romero -- Chapter 4. Methodological Issues in Positive Psychology Research with Diverse Populations: Exploring Strengths among Chinese Adults; Samuel M.Y. Ho, Tina L. Rochelle, Lawrence S.C. Law, Wenjie Duan, Yu Bai and Shih-Ming Shih -- Part II. Specific Constructs -- Chapter 5. Affective Well-Being Viewed through a Lens of Race and Ethnicity; Hung-Bin Sheu -- Chapter 6. Cognitive Constructs in the Context of Positive Psychology; Christine Robitshek, Danielle Sirles and Erin E. Hardin -- Chapter 7. Relationships in Multicultural Contexts; Belinda Campos and Sharon Shenhav -- Part III. Specific Populations -- Chapter 8. Positive Psychology across the Lifespan; Jeanne Nakamura, Michael Waren, Brittany Branand, Pi-Ju Liu, Brett Wheeler and Thomas Chan -- Chapter 9. Positive Psychology and Gender; Matt Englar-Carlson and Rebekah Smart -- Chapter 10 Religion, Spirituality and Positive Psychology: Strengthening Well-Being; Melissa D. Falb and Kenneth I. Pargament -- Chapter 11. Social Class Mobility and Positive Psychology; Michael L. Weymeyer and Karrie A. Shogren -- Chapter 13. Positive Psychology and LGBTQ Populations; Sharo G. Horne, Julia A. Puckett, Raphael Apter and Heidi M. Levitt -- Part IV. Applications of Positive Psychology in Multicultural Contexts -- Chapter 14. Positive Psychological Practices in Multicultural School Settings; Casey A. Holtz and Michael J. Martinez -- Chapter 15. A Positive Approach to Multiculturalism and Diversity Management in the Workplace; Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and James Hardy -- Chapter 16. Infusing Multiculturalism and Positive Psychology in Psychotherapy; Jeana L. Magyar-Moe -- Part V. Conclusion -- Chapter 17. Future Directions for a More Multiculturally Competent (and Humble) Positive Psychology; John Chambers Christopher and Katie Howe.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401790352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 273 p. 30 illus., 20 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Quality of Life ; Educational psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Educational psychology ; Quality of Life Research
    Abstract: Part I. General Approach to Positive Psychology in Latin America -- Chapter 1. Overview of Positive Psychology in Latin American Countries; Alejandro Castro Solano -- Chapter 2. Latin-American Studies on Well-Being; Alejandro Castro Solano.- Chapter 3. Positive Psychological Assessment in Latin America; Maria Laura Lupano Perugini -- Part II. Positive Psychology and Academic Achievement.- Chapter 4. Perceived Parenting Style: Its Central Role in Psychological Adjustment and Academic Achievement of Argentine Students; Mercedes Fernández Liporace and Guadalupe de la Iglesia -- Chapter 5. Cultural Competences of International Students: Its Role on Successful Sociocultural and Psychological Adaptation; Alejandro Castro Solano and Ines Aristegui -- Chapter 6. Character Strengths: Measurement and Studies in Argentina with Military and General Population Samples; Alejandro C. Cosentino -- Chapter 7. Positive Psychology and Academic Performance: A Brazilian Initiative; Lilian Graziano -- Part III. Positive Psychology and Childhood.- Chapter 8. Positive Emotions in Children: Current Research and Future Directions; Laura Oros -- Chapter 9. Optimal Experience in Argentinean Children and Adolescents; Belén Mesurado and María Cristina Richaud de Minzi -- Chapter 10. Childhood Pro social Behavior in the School Environment; Vivian N. Lemos and María Cristina Richaud de Minzi -- Chapter 11. Promotion of Resilience in Children in Social Vulnerability; María Cristina Richaud de Minzo and Viviana N. Lemos.- Chapter 12. Social Skills of Children in Vulnerable Conditions in Northern Argentina; Ana Betina Lacunza -- Part IV. Positive Psychology: Community and Health.- Chapter 13. Positive Communities: Dimensions for Assessment and Intervention; Graciela Tonon -- Chapter 14. Re-inventing School to Develop Active Citizens; Ulisses F. Araujo and Valeria A. Arantes -- Chapter 15. The Influence Relations among Three Traditions of Well-Being and Social Support and the Associations with Age and Health; Lucia Helena W. de Freitas.
    Abstract: This volume describes a culture-fair perspective on positive psychology research and practice in Latin America. It provides a deep understanding of the ways in which context can affect practice, intervention and research results. The development of Positive Psychology in areas such as test adaptation and construction, prediction of academic achievement and empowerment of children at risk is presented. Furthermore, topics related to positive communities and citizenship behaviors are included. The volume is organized into four sections. The first section presents the importance of test adaption and construction in order to assess Positive Psychology constructs, with a special focus on well-being as a core construct. The second section summarizes a group of research studies carefully designed to predict academic achievement applying Positive Psychology constructs. The third section outlines a set of studies intended to develop flow, resilience, social skills and positive emotions in children at risk. And finally the fourth and last section introduces two points of view focused on communities in order to assess positive dimensions and to promote positive behaviors. This volume, aimed at researchers and Psychology, Education, Health and the Social Sciences students, is a useful tool for people interested in the development of Positive Psychology in Latin American countries
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I. General Approach to Positive Psychology in Latin AmericaChapter 1. Overview of Positive Psychology in Latin American Countries; Alejandro Castro Solano -- Chapter 2.  Latin-American Studies on Well-Being; Alejandro Castro Solano.- Chapter 3. Positive Psychological Assessment in Latin America; Maria Laura Lupano Perugini -- Part II. Positive Psychology and Academic Achievement.- Chapter 4. Perceived Parenting Style: Its Central Role in Psychological Adjustment and Academic Achievement of Argentine Students; Mercedes Fernández Liporace and Guadalupe de la Iglesia -- Chapter 5. Cultural Competences of International Students: Its Role on Successful Sociocultural and Psychological Adaptation; Alejandro Castro Solano and Ines Aristegui -- Chapter 6. Character Strengths: Measurement and Studies in Argentina with Military and General Population Samples; Alejandro C. Cosentino -- Chapter 7. Positive Psychology and Academic Performance: A Brazilian Initiative; Lilian Graziano -- Part III. Positive Psychology and Childhood.- Chapter 8. Positive Emotions in Children: Current Research and Future Directions; Laura Oros -- Chapter 9. Optimal Experience in Argentinean Children and Adolescents; Belén Mesurado and María Cristina Richaud de Minzi -- Chapter 10. Childhood Pro social Behavior in the School Environment; Vivian N. Lemos and María Cristina Richaud de Minzi -- Chapter 11. Promotion of Resilience in Children in Social Vulnerability; María Cristina Richaud de Minzo and Viviana N. Lemos.- Chapter 12. Social Skills of Children in Vulnerable Conditions in Northern Argentina; Ana Betina Lacunza -- Part IV. Positive Psychology: Community and Health.- Chapter 13. Positive Communities: Dimensions for Assessment and Intervention; Graciela Tonon -- Chapter 14. Re-inventing School to Develop Active Citizens; Ulisses F. Araujo and Valeria A. Arantes -- Chapter 15. The Influence Relations among Three Traditions of Well-Being and Social Support and the Associations with Age and Health; Lucia Helena W. de Freitas.       .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    ISBN: 9789401785426
    Language: English
    Pages: VI, 360 p. 21 illus., 3 illus. in color
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 302
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Consciousness ; Zwischenmenschliche Beziehung ; Motivationspsychologie ; Motivation ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Zwischenmenschliche Beziehung ; Motivation ; Motivationspsychologie
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401787741
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 369 p. 27 illus., 6 illus. in color) , online resource
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 6
    Parallel Title: Print version Brain, Mind and Consciousness in the History of Neuroscience
    DDC: 612.809
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Neurobiology ; Psychology, clinical ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuropsychologie ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This volume of essays examines the problem of mind, looking at how the problem has appeared to neuroscientists (in the widest sense) from classical antiquity through to contemporary times. Beginning with a look at ventricular neuropsychology in antiquity, this book goes on to look at Spinozan ideas on the links between mind and body, Thomas Willis and the foundation of Neurology, Hooke’s mechanical model of the mind and Joseph Priestley’s approach to the mind-body problem. The volume offers a chapter on the 19th century Ottoman perspective on western thinking. Further chapters trace the work of nineteenth century scholars including George Henry Lewes, Herbert Spencer and Emil du Bois-Reymond. The book covers significant work from the twentieth century, including an examination of Alfred North Whitehead and the history of consciousness, and particular attention is given to the development of quantum consciousness. Chapters on slavery and the self and the development of an understanding of Dualism bring this examination up to date on the latest 21st century work in the field. At the heart of this book is the matter of how we define the problem of consciousness itself: has there been any progress in our understanding of the working of mind and brain? This work at the interface between science and the humanities will appeal to experts from across many fields who wish to develop their understanding of the problem of consciousness, including scholars of Neuroscience, Behavioural Science and the History of Science
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; C.U.M.Smith and H.A. WhitakerChapter 1. Beginnings: ventricular neuropsychology; C.U.M.Smith -- Chapter 2. Return of the Repressed: Spinozan Ideas in the History of Mind and Brain Sciences; William Meehan -- Chapter 3. ‘Struck, As It Were, With Madness:’ The Phenomenology of Animal Spirits in the Neurology of Thomas Willis; Kathryn Tabb -- Chapter 4. Hooke’s mechanical mind; J.J. MacIntosh -- Chapter 5. Joseph Priestley: An instructive 18th century perspective on the mind-body problem; Alan Beretta -- Chapter 6. Reflections of western thinking on 19th C Ottoman thought: A critique of the 'hard-problem' by Spyridon Mavrogenis; George Anogianakis -- Chapter 7. George Henry Lewes (1817-1878): Embodied Cognition, Vitalism, and the Evolution of Symbolic Perception; Huw Price -- Chapter 8. Herbert Spencer: brain, mind and the ‘hard problem’; C.U.M.Smith -- Chapter 9. Problems of Consciousness in Nineteenth Century British and America Neurology; J Wayne Lazar -- Chapter 10. Emil du Bois-Reymond’s Reflections on Consciousness ; Gabriel Finkelstein -- Chapter 11. William James and the “Theatre” of Consciousness; Stephanie L. Hawkins -- Chapter 12. The enigmatic deciphering of the neuronal code of word meaning; Andrew C. Papanicolaou -- Chapter 13. Alfred North Whitehead and the history of consciousness; Laura Hyatt Edwards -- Chapter 14. The ‘hard problem’ and the Cartesian strand in British neurophysiology: Huxley, Foster, Sherrington, Eccles; C.U.M.Smith -- Chapter 15. Is there a link between quantum mechanics and consciousness?; Barry K Ward -- Chapter 16. Consciousness and neuronal microtubules: the Penrose-Hameroff quantum model in retrospect; Eugenio Frixione -- Chapter 17. Zombie Dawn: Slavery and the Self in the Twenty-first Century; David Hawkes -- Chapter 18. Mind and Brain: Toward an Understanding of Dualism; Kristopher Phillips, Alan Beretta and Harry Whitaker.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401787628
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (LXII, 443 p. 2 illus) , online resource
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 4
    Parallel Title: Print version The Concept of Argument
    DDC: 160
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Pragmatism ; Argument ; Begriff ; Argumentationstheorie ; Philosophie
    Abstract: Arguing that our attachment to Aristotelian modes of discourse makes a revision of their conceptual foundations long overdue, the author proposes the consideration of unacknowledged factors that play a central role in argument itself. These are in particular the subjective imprint and the dynamics of argumentation. Their inclusion in a four-dimensional framework (subjective-objective, structural-procedural) and the focus on thesis validity allow for a more realistic view of our discourse practice. Exhaustive analyses of fascinating historical and contemporary arguments are provided. These range from Columbus' advocacy of the Western Passage to India, over the trial of King Louis XVI during the French Revolution, to today’s highly charged controversies surrounding euthanasia and embryo research. Excavating foundational issues such as the purpose of argument itself (assent of an audience or critical examination of validity claims) and the contested role of argument as a generator of knowledge, the book culminates in a discussion of the relationship between rationality and reasonableness and criticizes the restrictions of ‘rational’ argument relying on fixed logical, economic or cultural criteria that in reality are mutable. Here, a true, open argument requires the infusion of Paul Lorenzen’s principle of ‘transsubjectivity’, which recognizes but transcends the partiality of the individual, and which can be seen in the pragmatic and expanding consensus that humanity can control itself to safeguard the future of a fragile, damaged world
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceIntroduction -- Chapter 1. Knowledge -- Chapter 2. Research -- Chapter 3. Subjectivity -- Chapter 4. Basic Operations -- Chapter 5. Frame Structures -- Chapter 6. Dialogue Events -- Chapter 7. Validity -- Chapter 8. Argument Analysis -- Chapter 9. Reflexivity -- Chapter 10. Transsubjectivity.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401790727
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 421 p. 22 illus., 15 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the History of Philosophy of Mind 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind
    Abstract: This book examines the nexus between the corporeal, emotional, spiritual and intellectual aspects of human life as represented in the writing of the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. Authors from different fields examine not only the question of the body and soul (or body and mind) but also how this question fits into a broader framework in the medieval and early modern period. Concepts such as gender and society, morality, sexuality, theological precepts and medical knowledge are a part of this broader framework. This discussion of ideas draws from over two thousand years of Western thought: from Plato in the fifth century BC and the fourth century Byzantine dialogues on the soul, to the philosophical and medical writings of the early 1700s. There are four sections to this book: each section is based on where the authors have found a conjunction between the body and mind/soul. The work begins with a section on text and self-perception, which focuses on creative output from the period. The second conjunction is human emotions which are described in their social contexts. The third is sex, where the human body and mind are traditionally believed to meet. The fourth section, Material Souls, engages with bodies and other material aspects of existence perceived, studied or utilised as material signs of emotional and spiritual activity
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordIntroduction -- Conjunction 1: Text and Self-Perception -- Chapter 1. Body vs. Soul, Text vs. Interpretation in Michael Psellos; Graeme Miles -- Chapter 2. Murdering Souls and Killing Bodies: Understanding Spiritual and Physical Sin in Late-Medieval English Devotional Works; Philippa Maddern -- Chapter 3. ‘Adam, you are in a Labyrinth’: The First-Person Voice as The Nexus Between Body and Spirit in the Chronicle of Adam Usk; Alicia Marchant -- Chapter 4. The Thin End of The Wedge: Self, Body and Soul in Rembrandt’s Kenwood Self-Portrait; Richard Read -- Conjunction 2:  Emotion -- Chapter 5. Grief and Desire, Body and Soul in Gregory of Nyssa’s Life of Saint Macrina; Michael Champion -- Chapter 6. ‘Variable Passions’: Shakespeare’s Mixed Emotions; Bob White -- Chapter7. Subtle Persuasions: The Memory of Bodily Experience as a Rhetorical Device in Francis Bacon’s Parliamentary Speeches; Daniel Derrin -- Chapter 8. Lessons in Music, Lessons in Love; Katherine Wallace -- Conjunction 3: Sex -- Chapter 9. Sex and Spirituality Among the Carolingians; William Schipper -- Chapter 10. On the Bridling of the Body and Soul of Héloise, the ‘Chaste Whore’; Laura French Moran -- Chapter 11. Keeping Body and Soul Together: Jean le Fevre and Sexuality; Karen Pratt -- Chapter 12. Paul, Augustine, and Marital Sex in Guilielmus Estius’ Scriptural Commentaries; Wim François -- Chapter 13. The Ageing of Love: The Waning of Love’s Power; Danijela Kambaskovic-Sawers -- Chapter 14. Quaint Knowledge: A “Body-Mind” Pattern Across Shakespeare’s Career; Laurence Johnson -- Conjunction 4: Material Souls -- Chapter 15. Tears in Ancient and Early Modern Physiology: Petrus Petitus and Niels Stensen; Manfred Horstmanshoff -- Chapter 16. Alchemy and The Body/Mind Question in The Work of John Donne; Michael Ovens -- Chapter 17. ‘Among The Rest Of The Senses….Proued Most Sure’: Ethics of the Senses in Early Modern Europe; Danijela Kambaskovic-Sawers -- Chapter 18. The Material Soul: Strategies for Naturalising the Soul in an Early Modern Epicurean Context; Charles T. Wolfe and Michaela van Esveld.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789400779235
    Language: English
    Pages: XVIII, 226 p. 1 illus
    Series Statement: International Perspectives on Migration 7
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 304.8
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Psychiatry ; Migration ; Philosophy (General)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9789401789561
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 392 p. 26 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Biotechnology ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Biotechnology ; Technology Philosophy
    Abstract: This book addresses the methodological issues involved in responsible innovation and provides an overview of recent applications of multidisciplinary research. Responsible innovation involves research into the ethical and societal aspects of new technologies (e.g. ICT, nanotechnology, biotechnology and brain sciences) and of changes in technological systems (e.g. energy, transport, agriculture and water). This research is highly multidisciplinary. It involves close collaboration between researchers in such diverse fields as ethics, social science, law, economics, applied science, engineering - as well as innovative, design-oriented and policy-relevant. Although there is a trend to engage ethicists and social scientists early in technology development, most literature in the field of Technology Assessment or Ethics of Technology is still aimed at one discipline whereas this book incorporates different approaches and to discuss experiences, lessons and more general theoretical issues
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface (Jeroen van den Hoven, Bert-Jaap Koops, Henny Romijn, Tsjalling Swierstra, and Neelke Doorn)PART 1: METHODOLOGICAL AND CONCEPTUAL ISSUES: Introduction (Jeroen van den Hoven) -- Technology Assessment for Responsible Innovation (Armin Grunwald) -- The quest for the “right” impacts of science and technology. An outlook towards a framework for responsible research and innovation (René von Schomberg) -- PART 2: INSTITUTIONAL DESIGN/GOVERNANCE.-Innovation and Responsibility: A managerial approach to the integration of responsibility in a disruptive innovation model (Xavier Pavie & Julie Egal) -- Technology Transfer of Publicly Funded Re-search Results from Academia to Industry: Societal Responsibilities? (Elisabeth Eppinger & Peter Tinnemann) -- The Assumption of Scientific Responsibility by Ethical Codes - the Legal Angle (H.C Wilms) -- ‘How (not) to reform biomedical research. A review of some policy proposals (Jan De Winter) -- PART 3: VALUES, CONFLICTS IN VALUE, VALUE AND CULTURE (VALUES IN A GLOBALIZING WORLD) -- Responsible Design and Product Innovation from a Capability Perspective (A. Mink, V.S. Parmar, P.V. Kandachar) -- Conceptualizing responsible innovation in craft villages in Vietnam (Jan Voeten, Nigel Roome, Nguyen Thi Huong, Gerard de Groot and Job de Haan).-Managing conflicting values in water systems: the necessity of cultural transitions in under-institutionalized countries’, (J.O. Kroesen & W. Ravensteijn) -- Sustainable Innovation, Learning and Responsibility (Udo Pesch) -- The family of the future: How technologies can lead to moral change (Katinka Waelbers and Tsjalling Swierstra) -- PART 4: ETHICAL AND SOCIETAL ASPECTS OF CONCRETE TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS: Healthcare and medical sector -- Dilemmas of Responsible Innovation: The Case of Alzheimer’s Disease (Y. Cuijpers, H. van Lente, M. Boenink, E. Moors) -- Towards innovative neuroimaging applications in health care: guiding visions of scientists and technology developers (M.E. Arentshorst, J.E.W. Broerse, A. Roelofsen, Tj. de Cock Buning) -- Optimization of complex palliative care at home via teleconsultation (J. Hasselaar, J. Van Gurp, F. Duursma, M. Van Selm, H. Schers, E. van Leeuwen, K. Vissers) -- Privacy aspects of video recording in the operating room (Claire B. Blaauw, John J. van den Dobbelsteen, Frank Willem Jansen, Joep H. Hubben) -- Assessing the future impact of medical devices: Between technology and application (Neelke Doorn) -- Information society, Security & military technology -- Video-surveillance and the production of space in urban nightlife districts (Irina van Aalst, Tim Schwanen & Ilse van Liempt) -- Responsibly Innovating Data Mining and Profiling Tools (B. Custers, B. Schermer) -- Military Robotics & Relationality: Criteria for Ethical Decision-Making (Lambèr Royakkers and Anya Topolski) -- On Technology against Cyberbullying (Janneke M. van der Zwaan, Virginia Dignum, Catholijn M. Jonker, and Simone van der Hof).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9789401788458
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 315 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy 49
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research
    Abstract: This book demonstrates how the conceptual resources of contemporary French philosophy from the early 20thCentury to the present day can be applied to give us new perspectives on business ethics and the ethics of organizations. In providing an overview of possible applications,the book covers a wide range of philosophers, philosophical movements and perspectives, and provides detailed analyses of core materials relevant to business ethics. It explores and analyzes French philosophy, taking into account phenomenology,existentialism, French epistemology, structuralism, post-structuralism,deconstruction and postmodernism as well as recent discussions of philosophy of organizations and management. Each chapter contains suggestions for further reading and educational illustrations of possible applications to the mainstream business ethics and ethics of organization literature
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.Introduction: Basic concepts of business ethics2. Early contemporary French philosophy and business ethics -- 3. Phenomenology and existentialism -- 4. The epistemological tradition and organizations -- 5. Structuralism and post-structuralism -- 6. Postmodernism and hyper modernism -- 7. Discussion: What can French philosophy do for business ethics?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401790116
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 283 p. 186 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logik ; Rationalität ; Vernunft
    Abstract: This book contains a selection of the papers presented at the Logic, Reasoning and Rationality 2010 conference (LRR10) in Ghent. The conference aimed at stimulating the use of formal frameworks to explicate concrete cases of human reasoning, and conversely, to challenge scholars in formal studies by presenting them with interesting new cases of actual reasoning. According to the members of the Wiener Kreis, there was a strong connection between logic, reasoning, and rationality and that human reasoning is rational in so far as it is based on (classical) logic. Later, this belief came under attack and logic was deemed inadequate to explicate actual cases of human reasoning. Today, there is a growing interest in reconnecting logic, reasoning and rationality. A central motor for this change was the development of non-classical logics and non-classical formal frameworks. The book contains contributions in various non-classical formal frameworks, case studies that enhance our apprehension of concrete reasoning patterns, and studies of the philosophical implications for our understanding of the notions of rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Erik Weber, Joke Meheus & Dietlinde WoutersChapter 1. Adaptive Logics as a Necessary Tool for Relative Rationality. Including a Section on Logical Pluralism; Diderik Batens -- Chapter 2. A New Approach to Epistemic Logic; Giovanna Corsi and Gabriele Tassi -- Chapter 3. Explaining Capacities: Assessing the Explanatory Power of Models in the Cognitive Sciences; Raoul Gervais -- Chapter 4. Data-driven Induction in Scientific Discovery. A Critical Assessment Based on Kepler’s Discoveries; Albrecht Heeffer -- Chapter 5. Dovetailing Belief Base Revision with (Basic) Truth Approximation; Theo A.F. Kuipers -- Chapter 6. A Method of Generating Modal Logics Defining Jaśkowski’s Discussive D2 Consequence; Marek Nasieniewski and Andrzej Pietruszczak -- Chapter 7. Frontier Theory of Inquiry: Apparent Conflicts between the Ghent Logical Program and the “Darwinian” Selectionist Program; Thomas Nickles -- Chapter 8. On the Propagation of Consistency in Some Systems of Paraconsistent Logic; Hitoshi Omori and Toshiharu Waragai -- Chapter 9. Degrees of Validity and the Logical Paradoxes; Francesco Orilia -- Chapter 10. Contradictory Concepts; Graham Priest -- Chapter 11. Bloody Analogical Reasoning; Dagmar Provijn -- Chapter 12. Another Look at Mathematical Style, as Inspired by Le Lionnais and the OuLiPo; Jean Paul Van Bendegem and Bart Van Kerkhove -- Chapter 13. Internalism Does Entail Scepticism; Jan Willem Wieland -- Chapter 14. Answering by Means of Questions in View of Inferential Erotetic Logic; Andrzej Wiśniewski.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    ISBN: 9789400771772
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 90 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Quality of Life ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research
    Abstract: Chapter 1. Definition of Alexithymia -- Chapter 2. The History of the Construct and the Etiology of Alexithymia -- Chapter 3. The Importance of Research on Alexithymia -- Chapter 4. Measurement of Alexithymia -- Chapter 5. Recommendations for Measurement -- Chapter 6. Correlates of Alexithmia -- Chapter 7. Alexithymia and Personality -- Chapter 8. Alexithymia and Subjective Well-Being -- Chapter 9. Summary and Recommendations for Future Research
    Abstract: This briefs reviews the literature on alexithymia with a particular focus on the relation between positive well-being and alexithymia. It starts by exploring the definition, history and etiology of the construct. The briefs then discusses the importance of research and presents new research which sheds light on why alexithymia is characterized by poor well-being. The research strongly suggests that people who score high in alexithymia are low in aspects of positive well-being such as happiness, life satisfaction, and positive affect, and high in aspects of negative well-being, such as depression and negative affect. Next, the book examines the correlates of alexithymia and the latter’s relation with personality and subjective well-being. Although there has been an increased interest in human flourishing, and even though research in positive psychology has included personality, there has been little application of positive psychology to people with deficits in emotional processing including people with alexithymia. This briefs fills that gap
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Definition of AlexithymiaChapter 2. The History of the Construct and the Etiology of Alexithymia -- Chapter 3. The Importance of Research on Alexithymia -- Chapter 4. Measurement of Alexithymia -- Chapter 5. Recommendations for Measurement -- Chapter 6. Correlates of Alexithmia -- Chapter 7. Alexithymia and Personality -- Chapter 8. Alexithymia and Subjective Well-Being -- Chapter 9. Summary and Recommendations for Future Research.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9789400773141
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 255 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Amsterdam Studies in Jewish Philosophy 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Religion (General) ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Religion (General) ; Humanities
    Abstract: This book deals with medieval Jewish authors who wrote in Arabic, such as Moses Maimonides, Judah Halevi, and Solomon Ibn Gabirol, as well as the Hebrew translations and commentaries of Judaeo-Arabic philosophy. It brings up to date a part of Moritz Steinschneider’s monumental Die Hebraeischen Übersetzungen des Mittelalters und die Juden als Dolmetscher (The Hebrew Translations of the Middle Ages and the Jews as Interpreters), which was first published in 1893 and remains to this day the authoritative account of the transmission and development of Arabic and Latin, and, by way of those languages, Greek culture to medieval and renaissance Jews. In the work presented here, Steinschneider’s bibliography has been updated, some of his scholarly judgments have been judiciously revised and an exhaustive listing of pertinent Hebrew manuscripts and their whereabouts has been provided. The volume opens with a long essay that describes the origin and genesis of Die Hebraeischen Übersetzungen, and with Steinschneider’s prefaces to the French and German versions of his work. This publication is the first in a projected series that translates, updates and, where necessary, revises parts of Steinschneider’s bio-bibliographical classic. Historians of medieval culture and philosophy, and also scholars of the transmission of classical culture to Muslims, Christians, and Jews, will find this volume indispensable
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Editors’ Preface2. Editors' Introduction: The Genesis of Die hebraeischen Uebersetzungen des Mittelalters -- 3. The French Mémoire of The Hebrew Translations of the Middle Ages -- 4. Die hebraeischen Uebersetzungen des Mittelalters. Preface -- 5. General Remarks -- 6. Part One. Philosophy. Chapter Three. Jews -- 7. Appendix -- Conspectus of the Contents of Die Hebraeischen Uebersetzungen des Mittelalters -- 8. Manuscript Index.-9. Name and Subject Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    ISBN: 9789400766587
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 251 p. 2 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Jacques Ellul and the technological society in the 21st century
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Ellul, Jacques 1912-1994 ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: This volume rethinks the work of Jacques Ellul (1912-1994) on the centenary of his birth, by presenting an overview of the current debates based on Ellul's insights. As one of the most significant twentieth-century thinkers about technology, Ellul was among the first thinkers to realize the importance of topics such as globalization, terrorism, communication technologies and ecology, and study them from a technological perspective. The book is divided into three sections. The first discusses Ellul’s diagnosis of modern society, and addresses the reception of his work on the technological society, the notion of efficiency, the process of symbolization/de-symbolization, and ecology. The second analyzes communicational and cultural problems, as well as threats and trends in early twenty-first century societies. Many of the issues Ellul saw as crucial - such as energy, propaganda, applied life sciences and communication - continue to be so. In fact they have grown exponentially, on a global scale, producing new forms of risk. Essays in the final section examine the duality of reason and revelation. They pursue an understanding of Ellul in terms of the depth of experience and the traditions of human knowledge, which is to say, on the one hand, the experience of the human being as contained in the rationalist, sociological and philosophical traditions. On the other hand there are the transcendent roots of human existence, as well as “revealed knowledge,” in the mystical and religious traditions. The meeting of these two traditions enables us to look at Ellul’s work as a whole, but above all it opens up a space for examining religious life in the technological society
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Ellul returns; Helena Mateus Jerónimo, José Luís Garcia and Carl MitchamPart I. Civilization of Technique -- Chapter 1. How The Technological Society Became More Important in the United States than in France; Carl Mitcham -- Chapter 2. The Technological Society: Social Theory, McDonaldization and the Prosumer; George Ritzer -- Chapter 3. Are We Still Pursuing Efficiency? Interpreting Jacques Ellul’s Efficiency Principle; Wha-Chul Son -- Chapter 4. Technological Acceleration and the “Ground Floor of Civilization”; Daniel Cérézuelle -- Chapter 5. Technological System and the Problem of Desymbolization; Yuk Hui -- Chapter 6. Against Environmental Protection? Ecological Modernization as “Technician Ecology”; Isabelle Lamaud -- Part II. Autonomous Technology -- Chapter 7. Propaganda and Dissociation from Truth; Langdon Winner -- Chapter 8. An Unseasonable Thinker: How Ellul Engages Cybercultural Criticism; Andoni Alonso -- Chapter 9. Fukushima: A Tsunami of Technological Order; José Luís Garcia and Helena Mateus Jerónimo -- Chapter 10. From the Contaminated Blood Affair to the Mediator Scandal: Public Health, Political Responsibility and Democracy; Patrick Troude-Chastenet -- Chapter 11. Homo Energeticus: Technological Rationality in the Alberta Tar Sands; Nathan Kowalsky and Randolph Haluza-DeLay -- Part III. Reason and Revelation -- Chapter 12. The Reception of Jacques Ellul’s Thought in French Protestantism; Frédéric Rognon -- Chapter 13. Radically Religious: Ecumenical Roots of the Critique of Technological Society; Jennifer Karns Alexander -- Chapter 14. Truth, Reality and the Ten Commandments: Not for Theology Alone; Virginia W. Landgraf -- Chapter 15. Social Intolerability of the Christian Revelation: A Comparative Perspective on the Works of Jacques Ellul and Peter L. Berger; Andrei Ivan -- Chapter 16. Postmodernity, the Phenomenal Mistake: Sacred, Myth and Environment; Gregory Wagenfuhr.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9789400724549
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 256 p. 26 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Mechanism and causality in biology and economics
    Keywords: Bioökonomik ; Wirtschaftsphilosophie ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Economics Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Economics Methodology ; Biology ; Philosophy ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Causation ; Mechanism (Philosophy) ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftswissenschaften ; Biologie ; Kausalität ; Mechanismus
    Abstract: This volume addresses fundamental issues in the philosophy of science in the context of two most intriguing fields: biology and economics. Written by authorities and experts in the philosophy of biology and economics, Mechanism and Causality in Biology and Economics provides a structured study of the concepts of mechanism and causality in these disciplines and draws careful juxtapositions between philosophical apparatus and scientific practice. By exploring the issues that are most salient to the contemporary philosophies of biology and economics and by presenting comparative analyses, the book serves as a platform not only for gaining mutual understanding between scientists and philosophers of the life sciences and those of the social sciences, but also for sharing interdisciplinary research that combines both philosophical concepts in both fields. The book begins by defining the concepts of mechanism and causality in biology and economics, respectively. The second and third parts investigate philosophical perspectives of various causal and mechanistic issues in scientific practice in the two fields. These two sections include chapters on causal issues in the theory of evolution; experiments and scientific discovery; representation of causal relations and mechanism by models in economics. The concluding section presents interdisciplinary studies of various topics concerning extrapolation of life sciences and social sciences, including chapters on the philosophical investigation of conjoining biological and economic analyses with, respectively, demography, medicine and sociology
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1. Towards the Methodological Turn in the Philosophy of Science; Hsiang-Ke Chao, Szu-Ting Chen, and Roberta L. Millstein -- Part 1. Defining Mechanism and Causality -- Chapter 2. Mechanisms versus Causes in Biology and Medicine ; Lindley Darden -- Chapter 3. Identity, Structure, and Causal Representation in Scientific Models; Kevin D. Hoover -- Part 2. Models and Representation -- Chapter 4. The Regrettable Lost of Mathematical Molding in Econometrics; Marcel Boumans -- Chapter 5. Models of Mechanisms: The Case of the Replicator Dynamics; Till Grüne-Yanoff -- Chapter 6. Experimental Discovery, Data Model, and Mechanisms in Biology: An Example from Mendel’s Work; Ruey-Lin Chen -- Part 3. Reconsidering Biological Mechanisms and Causality -- Chapter 7. Mechanisms and Laws: Clarifying the Debate; Carl F. Craver and Marie I. Kaiser -- Chapter 8. Natural Selection and Causal Productivity: A Reply to Glennan; Roberta L. Millstein -- Chapter 9. Is Natural Selection a Population-Level Causal Process?; Rong-Lin Wang -- Part 4. Across Boundaries between Biology and Economics -- Chapter 10. Mechanisms and Extrapolation in the Abortion-Crime Controversy; Daniel Steel -- Chapter 11. Causality, Impartiality and Evidence-Based Policy; David Teira and Julian Reiss -- Chapter 12. Explaining the Explanations of 100 Million Missing Women; Hsiang-Ke Chao and Szu-Ting Chen.Models of Mechanisms: The Case of the Replicator Dynamics; Till Grüne-Yanoff -- Chapter 6. Experimental Discovery, Data Model, and Mechanisms in Biology: An Example from Mendel’s Work; Ruey-Lin Chen -- Part 3. Reconsidering Biological Mechanisms and Causality -- Chapter 7. Mechanisms and Laws: Clarifying the Debate; Carl F. Craver and Marie I. Kaiser -- Chapter 8. Natural Selection and Causal Productivity: A Reply to Glennan; Roberta L. Millstein -- Chapter 9. Is Natural Selection a Population-Level Causal Process?; Rong-Lin Wang -- Part 4. Across Boundaries between Biology and Economics -- Chapter 10. Mechanisms and Extrapolation in the Abortion-Crime Controversy; Daniel Steel -- Chapter 11. Causality, Impartiality and Evidence-Based Policy; David Teira and Julian Reiss -- Chapter 12. Explaining the Explanations of 100 Million Missing Women; Hsiang-Ke Chao and Szu-Ting Chen.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400764989
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 105 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Public health ; Psychology, clinical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Public health ; Psychology, clinical ; Psychosomatic Medicine ; Philosophy ; Psychophysiology
    Abstract: This book is a contribution to the understanding of psychosomatic health problems. Inspired by the work of the French phenomenologist Maurice Merleau-Ponty, a phenomenological theory of psychosomatics is worked out as an alternative to traditional, biomedical thinking. The patient who presents somatic symptoms with no clearly discernible lesion or dysfunction presents a problem to the traditional health care system. These symptoms are medically unexplainable, constituting an anomaly for the materialistic understanding of ill health that underlies the practice of modern medicine. The traditiona
    Abstract: This book is a contribution to the understanding of psychosomatic health problems. Inspired by the work of the French phenomenologist Maurice Merleau-Ponty, a phenomenological theory of psychosomatics is worked out as an alternative to traditional, biomedical thinking. The patient who presents somatic symptoms with no clearly discernible lesion or dysfunction presents a problem to the traditional health care system. These symptoms are medically unexplainable, constituting an anomaly for the materialistic understanding of ill health that underlies the practice of modern medicine. The traditional biomedical model is not appropriate for understanding a number of health issues that we call "psychosomatic and for this reason, biomedical theory and practice must be complemented by another theoretical understanding in order to adequately grasp the psychosomatic problematic. This book establishes a complementary understanding of psychosomatic ill health in terms of a non-reductionistic model allowing for the (psychosomatic) expression of the lived body. A thorough presentation of the work Merleau-Ponty is followed by the authors application of his thinking to the phenomenon of psychosomatic pathology.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Expression of thePsychosomatic Bodyfrom a PhenomenologicalPerspective; Contents; Introduction; 1 The Psychosomatic Problematicpsychosomatic problematic; Summary of Traditional Psychosomatic Theories; The Clinical Challenges of Psychosomatic Pathology; References; 2 The Lived Body; Phenomenology; Merleau-PontyMerleau-Ponty's Phenomenologyphenomenology; The Body and the World (Lived Body); Structure and Structure Transformationstructure transformation; References; 3 The Meaning of Meaning; Merleau-PontyMerleau-Ponty on Meaning and Expressionexpression; Language and Expressionexpression
    Description / Table of Contents: References4 The Lived Body (Phenomenology of Perception) and the Flesh (The Visible and the Invisible); From Lived Body to Fleshflesh; The Visible and the Invisible; References; 5 The Phenomenological Psychosomatic Theory; The Collapse in Meaning-Constitution and the Failure of Structure Transformationstructure transformation; Clinical Examples; The Treatment; Teaching and Supervising; References; 6 Health and Illness and Holisticholistic Health; Modern Theories of Health; Holistic Health; Holistic Health in Terms of the Phenomenological Theory of Psychosomatics; 7 Conclusions; Reference
    Description / Table of Contents: Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    ISBN: 9789400777620
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 431 p. 42 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching ; Engineering
    Abstract: Building on the breakthrough text Philosophy and Engineering: An Emerging Agenda, this book offers 30 chapters covering conceptual and substantive developments in the philosophy of engineering, along with a series of critical reflections by engineering practitioners. The volume demonstrates how reflective engineering can contribute to a better understanding of engineering identity and explores how integrating engineering and philosophy could lead to innovation in engineering methods, design and education. The volume is divided into reflections on practice, principles and process, each of which challenges prevalent assumptions and commitments within engineering and philosophy. The volume explores the ontological and epistemological dimensions of engineering and exposes the falsity of the commonly held belief that the field is simply the application of science knowledge to problem solving. Above all, the perspectives collected here demonstrate the value of a constructive dialogue between engineering and philosophy and show how collaboration between the disciplines casts light on longstanding problems from both sides. The chapters in this volume are from a diverse and international body of authors, including philosophers and engineers, and represent a highly select group of papers originally presented in three different conferences. These are the 2008 Workshop on Philosophy and Engineering (WPE-2008) held at the Royal Academy of Engineering; the 2009 meeting of the Society for Philosophy and Technology (SPT-2009) at the University of Twente in the Netherlands; and the Forum on Philosophy, Engineering, and Technology (fPET-2010), held in Golden, Colorado at the Colorado School of Mines
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Preface; Contents; Part I Reflections on Practice; Chapter 1: The Ignorance of Engineers and How They Know It; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Knowledge and Ignorance; 1.3 Ignorance as Knowledge of the Fundamental Limits of Knowledge; 1.4 Ignorance as Knowledge of a Problem to Be Solved; 1.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Rules of Skill: Ethics in Engineering; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Nature of Rules; 2.3 Following the Rules; 2.4 How Ethics Enters; 2.5 Creating Rules of Skill; 2.6 Summary; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Engineering as Performance: An "Experiential Gestalt" for Understanding Engineering3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Engineering Practice: A Dichotomous View; 3.3 Performance: "An Essentially Contested Concept"; 3.4 Engineering as Performance and Communication; 3.5 Engineering as Performance: An Experiential Gestalt; References; Chapter 4: The Formulation of Engineering Identities: Storytelling as Philosophical Inquiry; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Conceptualizing Identity; 4.2.1 Self-categorization; 4.2.2 Limitations of Identity Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Narratives Representing a Process of Philosophical Reasoning in the Formulation of Identities4.4 Formulating an Engineering Identity: Adopting the 'Master Narrative'; 4.5 Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Ove Arup: Theoretical and Moral Positions in Practice and the Origins of an Engineering Firm; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Considering Philosophical Positions; 5.3 Ove Arup and the Firm; 5.4 Technology and Morality; 5.5 The Structure of the Building Industry; 5.5.1 The Architect-Engineer Divide; 5.5.2 Divisions Between Briefing, Designing and Construction
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.3 Specialization and the Limits to Knowledge5.6 Total Design; 5.6.1 The Total Design Ideal; 5.6.2 Total Design in Practice; Implications for the Firm; 5.7 Aims and Means; 5.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: Transferable Skills Development in Engineering Students: Analysis of Service-­Learning Impact; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Motivation; 6.3 Background; 6.3.1 Course Development; 6.3.2 CE134-Engineering Design Mentoring; 6.3.3 CE 175-Senior Capstone Design; 6.4 Methodology; 6.5 Results; 6.6 Discussion; 6.7 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Future Reflective Practitioners: The Contributions of Philosophy7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Introducing Philosophy at Politecnico di Milano; 7.3 Philosophical Topics in Computer Engineering; 7.3.1 Critical History of Scientific Ideas; 7.3.2 Philosophy of Mind; 7.3.3 Philosophy of Science; 7.3.4 Philosophy of Technology; 7.3.5 Philosophy of Engineering; 7.3.6 Ethics; 7.4 Conclusions; References; Chapter 8: Fitting Engineering into Philosophy; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Origins of the Topic; 8.3 Common Sense and Feed-Back Loops; 8.4 Philosophical Issues
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.5 Some Speculations on How Engineering Got Left Out of Philosophy and the Possible Death of Philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceForeword: An Exchange with Carl Mitcham -- Part I: Reflections on Practice. Chapter 1. The Ignorance of Engineers and How They Know It; Hans Poser -- Chapter 2. Rules of Skill: Ethics in Engineering; Wade L. Robison -- Chapter 3. Engineering as Performance: An “Experiential Gestalt” for the Understanding of Engineering; Rick Evans -- Chapter 4. The Formulation of Engineering Identities: Storytelling as Philosophical Inquiry; Russell Korte -- Chapter 5. Ove Arup: Theoretical and Moral Positions in Action and the Origins of an Engineering Firm; Andrew Chilvers and Sarah Bell -- Chapter 6. Transferable Skills Development in Engineering Students: Analysis of Service-Learning Impact; Donna M. Rizzo, Mandar M. Dewoolkar, and Nancy J. Hayden -- Chapter 7. Future Reflective Practitioners: The Contributions of Philosophy; Viola Schiaffionati -- Chapter 8. Fitting Engineering into Philosophy; Joseph C. Pitt -- Chapter 9. Engineering as Willing; Jon Alan Schmidt -- Part II: Reflections on Principles -- Chapter 10. Debunking Contemporary Myths Concerning Engineering; Billy Vaughn Koen -- Chapter 11. The Engineer’s Identity Crisis: Homo Faber or Homo Sapiens?; Priyan Dias -- Chapter 12. Varieties of Parthood: Ontology learns from Engineering; Peter Simons -- Chapter 13. Engineered Artifacts; Byron Newberry -- Chapter 14. Engineering Ethics: From Preventive Ethics to Aspirational Ethics; Charles E. Harris, Jr. -- Chapter 15. Making the Case for the Inclusion of Lay Persons on Engineering Accreditation Panels: A Role for an Engineering Hippocratic Oath?; William Grimson and Mike Murphy -- Chapter 16. Ethical Awareness in Chinese Professional Engineering Organizations: Textual Research on Constitutions of Chinese Engineering Societies; CAO Nanyan, SU Junbin, HU Mingyan -- Chapter 17. Engineering for Peace: An Obligation of Professional Capabilities; W. Richard Bowen -- Chapter 18. Roboethics and Telerobotic Weapons Systems; John P. Sullins -- Chapter 19. Normative Crossover: The Ethos of Socio-Technological Systems; Rune Nydal -- Part III: Reflections on Process -- Chapter 20. Translating Values into Design Requirements; Ibo van de Poel -- Chapter 21. Engineering Hubris: Adam Smith and the Quest for the Perfect Machine; Scott Forschler -- Chapter 22. The Technology of Collective Memory and the Normativity of Truth; Kieron O’Hara -- Chapter 23. Plans for Modeling Rational Acceptance of Technology; Wybo Houkes and Auke J.K. Pols -- Chapter 24. On the Epistemology of Breakthrough Innovation: The Orthogonal and Non-Linear Natures of Discovery; Bruce A. Vojak and Raymond L. Price -- Chapter 25. Uncertainty in the Design of Non-Prototypical Engineered Systems; William M. Bulleit -- Chapter 26. Object-Oriented Method and the Relationship between Structure and Function of Technical Artifacts; PAN Enrong -- Chapter 27. The Methodological Ladder of Industrialized Inventions: A Descriptive-Based and Explanation-Enhanced Prescriptive Model; M. H. Abolkheir -- Chapter 28. On the Feasibility of Nanotechnology: A Chinese Perspective; WANG Guoyu -- Chapter 29. Engineering Innovation: Energy, Policy, and the Role of Engineering; Zachary Pirtle -- Chapter 30. Is Engineering Philosophically Weak?; David E. Goldberg.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789400778443
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 251 p. 8 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Early Engagement and New Technologies
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Economics
    Abstract: Despite the topic’s urgency and centrality, this is the first edited volume to offer a comprehensive assessment of the varying approaches to early engagement with new technologies, including nanotechnology, synthetic biology, biotechnology and ICT. Covering five main approaches to early engagement-constructive technology assessment (CTA), value-sensitive design (VSD), midstream modulation (MM), the network approach for moral evaluation, and political technology assessment-the book will be a pivotal text in the rapidly developing research field of ELSI, which explores the ethical, legal, and social implications of new technologies. Featuring leading scholars who discuss each early engagement approach in turn, the chapters cover both theory and applications, and include evaluative assessments of specific instances of early adoption of technologies. Further contributions focus on theoretical issues relevant to all approaches, including interdisciplinary cooperation, normativity and intervention, and political and public relevance. The publication has added profile due to the requirement of multi-billion-dollar research programs in the US and Europe to engage in ELSI research alongside that of the technical development itself, even in the early stages. Its comprehensive scrutiny of the core factors in early engagement will ensure a readership of policy makers as well as scientists and engineers
    Description / Table of Contents: Part 1. IntroductionChapter 1. Mandates and methods for early engagement; Schuurbiers, Daan, Doorn, Neelke, van de Poel, Ibo, and Gorman, Michael E. -- Chapter 2. Technology Assessment and approaches to early engagement; Grunwald, Armin and Achternbosch, Matthias -- Part 2. Approaches to Early Engagement -- Chapter 3. Constructive Technology Assessment and the methodology of insertion; Rip, Arie, and Robinson, Douglas -- Chapter 4. Value Sensitive Design; Friedman, Batya, Kahn, Peter, Broning, Alan, and Huldtgren, Alina -- Chapter 5. Socio-Technical integration research: Collaborative inquiry at the midstream of Research and Development; Fisher, Erik, and Schuurbiers, Daan -- Chapter 6. Ethical Parallel Research: A Network Approach for Moral Evaluation (NAME); van de Poel, Ibo, and Doorn, Neelke -- Chapter 7. Political TA: Opening up the political debate. Stimulating early engagement of parliamentarians and policy makers on emerging technologies - Attempts by the Rathenau Institute; van Est, Rinie -- Part 3. Reflections -- Chapter 8. Integrating ethicists and social scientists into cutting edge research and technological development; Gorman, Michael E., Calleja-López, Antonio, Conley, Shannon N., and Mahootian, Farzad -- Chapter 9. Collaboration as a research method? Navigating social scientific involvement in synthetic biology; Calvert, Jane -- Chapter 10. Ethicists in the laboratory: Reflecting about non-existent objects; van der Burg, Simone -- Chapter 11. Metaphors and cohabitation within and beyond the walls of life sciences; Pauwels, Eleonore -- Chapter 12. Early engagement and new technologies: Towards Comprehensive Technology Engagement?; Doorn, Neelke, Schuurbiers, Daan, van de Poel, Ibo, and Gorman, Michael E.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400776906
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 326 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Cartesian empiricisms
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; History ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Descartes, René 1596-1650 ; Rezeption
    Abstract: Cartesian Empiricisms considers the role Cartesians played in the acceptance of experiment in natural philosophy during the seventeenth century. It aims to correct a partial image of Cartesian philosophers as paradigmatic system builders who failed to meet challenges posed by the new science’s innovative methods. Studies in this volume argue that far from being strangers to experiment, many Cartesians used and integrated it into their natural philosophies. Chapter 1 reviews the historiographies of early modern philosophy, science, and Cartesianism and their recent critiques. The first part of the volume explores various Cartesian contexts of experiment: the impact of French condemnations of Cartesian philosophy in the second half of the seventeenth century; the relation between Cartesian natural philosophy and the Parisian academies of the 1660s; the complex interplay between Cartesianism and Newtonianism in the Dutch Republic; the Cartesian influence on medical teaching at the University of Duisburg; and the challenges chemistry posed to the Cartesian theory of matter. The second part of the volume examines the work of particular Cartesians, such as Henricus Regius, Robert Desgabets, Jacques Rohault, Burchard de Volder, Antoine Le Grand, and Balthasar Bekker. Together these studies counter scientific revolution narratives that take rationalism and empiricism to be two mutually exclusive epistemological and methodological paradigms. The volume is thus a helpful instrument for anyone interested both in the histories of early modern philosophy and science, as well as for scholars interested in new evaluations of the historiographical tools that framed our traditional narratives
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsAbbreviations List -- List Of Contributors -- Table of Contents.- 1. Introduction; Mihnea Dobre and Tammy Nyden.- Part I: Cartesian Natural Philosophy: Receptions and Context.- 2. Censorship, Condemnations, and the Spread of Cartesianism; Roger Ariew.- 3. Was there a Cartesian Experimentalism in 1660’s France?; Sophie Roux.- 4. Dutch Cartesian Empiricism and the Advent of Newtonianism; Wiep van Bunge.- 5. Heat, Action, Perception: Models of Living Beings in German Medical Cartesianism; Justin Smith.- 6. Could a Practicing Chemical Philosopher be a Cartesian?; Bernard Joly.- Part II: Cartesian Natural Philosophers.- 7. Empiricism Without Metaphysics: Regius’ Cartesian Natural Philosophy; Delphine Bellis.- 8. Robert Desgabets on the Physics and Metaphysics of Blood Transfusion; Patricia Easton.- 9. Rohault’s Cartesian Physics; Mihnea Dobre.- 10. De Volder’s Cartesian Physics and Experimental Pedagogy; Tammy Nyden.- 11. The Cartesian Psychology of Antoine Le Grande; Gary Hatfield.- 12. Mechanical Philosophy in an Enchanted World: Cartesian Empiricism in Balthasar Bekker’s Radical Reformation; Koen Vermeir.- Bio-Bibliographical Appendix for Cartesians Discussed in Part II.- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    ISBN: 9781137025692
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (348 pages)
    Series Statement: Education, Economy and Society Ser.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 370.1
    Keywords: Education Social aspects ; Education Political aspects ; Education, Higher ; Education, Higher ; Electronic books
    Abstract: This collection critically examines the dynamics and social outcomes of systems of lifelong learning.
    Abstract: Cover -- Contents -- List of Tables -- List of Figures -- Acknowledgements -- Notes on Contributors -- Introduction -- Part I: The Variation and Dynamics of Education Systems -- 1 The Dynamics of Education Systems: Convergent and Divergent Trends, 1990-2010 -- 2 From Upper Secondary to Further Education: European Models of Post-Compulsory Learning -- 3 Lifelong Learning Regimes versus Vocational Education and Training Systems in Europe: The Growing Hybridisation of National Models -- 4 Formal or Actual Convergence? Three Cases of Hybridisation -- 5 Curriculum Patterns in Citizenship Education: A Cross-National Study -- Part II: The Social Outcomes of Education Systems -- 6 Social Cohesion as Paradigm -- 7 Pre-School Education and Care: A 'Win-Win' Policy? -- 8 Educational Models and Their Impact on Student Attitudes -- 9 Educational Differentiation and Inequalities of Civic Engagement -- 10 Lifelong Learning and Social Cohesion -- 11 Education and Social Cohesion in a Comparative Perspective -- 12 The Mismatch between Level of Education and Job Qualifications: A Source of Mistrust and Intolerance Depending on National Context? -- 13 A Common Civic Culture in Europe: Has the Process of European Integration Been Followed by the Convergence of Citizenship Values? -- Conclusion -- Appendices -- Author Index -- Subject Index.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400750586
    Language: English
    Pages: XVI, 229 p. 10 illus
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 155.2
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Quality of Life Research ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Palgrave Macmillan UK | Ann Arbor, Michigan : ProQuest
    ISBN: 9781137267085
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (203 pages)
    Series Statement: Migration, Diasporas and Citizenship Ser.
    DDC: 371.826/91
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Electronic books
    Abstract: EPUB.
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400738799
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Edition: Online-Ausg. 2011 Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 5
    Parallel Title: Print version The Capability Approach, Technology and Design
    DDC: 601
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Humanities
    Abstract: Jeroen van den Hoven
    Abstract: The capability approach of Martha Nussbaum and Amartya Sen places human capabilities at the centre stage of discussions about justice, equality, development and the quality of life. It rejects too much emphasis on mere preference satisfaction or resource provision and highlights the importance of human agency and freedom. This approach has already significantly influenced different fields of application, such as economics and development studies. Only recently have scholars started to explore its relevance for and application to the area of technology and design, which can be crucial factors in the expansion of human capabilities. How does technology influence human capabilities? What difference could a capability approach make to policies and practices of applying ICT in development processes in the South? How can we criticize and improve the design of technology from the perspective of the capability approach? The authors of this volume explore the implications of the capability approach for technology design and together create the first volume on this emerging topic. Ilse Oosterlaken is one of the pioneering authors in the area of the capability approach, technology and design. She is co-founder of a thematic group on this topic within the Human Development Capability Association (HDCA) and organizer of the very successful 2011 HDCA conference, with 'innovation' as its theme. Recently she was co-guest-editor of a special issue of Ethics and Information Technology on the capability approach. Jeroen van den Hoven is scientific director of the 3TU.Centre for Ethics and Technology and full professor in moral philosophy at TU Delft, specializing in the ethics of information technology. He is editor-in-chief of the journal Ethics and Information Technology. He is project leader of an NWO-funded multidisciplinary research project 'Technology for Development - A Capability Approach', in which co-editor Ilse Oosterlaken also works as one of the researchers.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Technology -- pt. 3. Design.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789048189939
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 264 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Sharma, Arvind, 1940 - Problematizing religious freedom
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Religion (General) ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Religionsfreiheit ; Menschenrecht
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400724044
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 457p. 16 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The European Philosophy of Science Association Proceedings 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. European Philosophy of Science Association EPSA philosophy of science
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Science ; Philosophy ; Congresse ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Amsterdam
    Abstract: This is a collection of high-quality research papers in the philosophy of science, deriving from papers presented at the second meeting of the European Philosophy of Science Association in Amsterdam, October 2009
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Contents; Contributors; 1 Modeling Strategies for Measuring Phenomena In- and Outside the Laboratory; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Reliability of Measurement; 1.2.1 Inside the Laboratory; 1.2.2 Outside the Laboratory; 1.3 Calibration; 1.4 Gray-Box Models; 1.5 Conclusions; References; 2 Mating Intelligence, Moral Virtues, and Methodological Vices; 2.1 Introduction: Mating Intelligence Theory of the Evolution of Morality; 2.2 Evolutionary Psychology, Moral Psychology, and Sex Differences; 2.3 Two Explanatory Frameworks of the Mating Intelligence Theory; 2.4 Concluding Remarks
    Description / Table of Contents: References3 Rejected Posits, Realism, and the History of Science; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Fresnel on the Ether; 3.3 Refining the Concept; 3.4 An Entrenched Conception; 3.5 Excising the Ether Took Time; 3.6 Concluding Remarks; References; 4 Explanation and Modelization in a Comprehensive Inferential Account; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 An Inferential Approach to Scientific Discourse and Inquiry; 4.3 Explanation as a Speech Act; 4.4 Explanation in Scientific Dialogues: Credibility vs Enlightening; 4.5 Conclusion; References; 5 Standards in History: Evaluating Success in Stem Cell Experiments
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Introduction5.2 Stem Cells and Gold Standards; 5.3 History in the Blood; 5.4 Establishing Standards; 5.5 Evaluating Experiments; 5.6 Conclusion; References; 6 Modeling Scientific Evidence: The Challenge of Specifying Likelihoods; 6.1 The Foundation Challenge; 6.2 The Specification Challenge; 6.2.1 Broad Specification; 6.2.2 Narrow Specification; 6.2.3 Formal Problems with Substantive Implications; 6.3 Specification and Epistemic Foundations; References; 7 Persistence in Minkowski Space-Time; 7.1 Persistence of Spatially Extended Objects
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1.1 The Argument from 0Explanatory Deficiency0 in Balashov ( 2000a )7.1.2 The Problem of Criss-Crossing Hyperplanes in Gilmore ( 2006 ); References; 8 Genuine versus Deceptive Emotional Displays; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 The Prisoners Dilemma, Positive Assortment and Signalling; 8.3 Emotional Displays as Signals; 8.4 Detection of Deception and Cooperation; 8.5 Proximate Mechanisms for Securing Emotional Translucency; 8.6 Emotions and Common-Interest Interactions; 8.7 Balancing Pressures: Age-Dependent Intensity of Selection; 8.8 Conflicting and Common-Interests Across a Lifetime
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.9 Plasticity of Displays8.10 Conclusion; References; 9 Tales of Tools and Trees: Phylogenetic Analysis and Explanation in Evolutionary Archaeology; 9.1 Introduction: Darwinizing Culture; 9.2 Trees of Tools: How Phylogenetics Came to Archaeology; 9.3 Cladograms in Classification and Explanation; 9.4 Tales of Tools; 9.5 Conclusions and Outlook; References; 10 Sustaining a Rational Disagreement; 10.1 Scientific Disagreements; 10.2 The Dynamic Approach; 10.3 Objections and Replies; 10.4 Other Types of Disagreement; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 11 Philosophical Accounts of Causal Explanation and the Scientific Practice of Psychophysics
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400730052
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 194p. 20 illus., 8 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 37
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Multidimensional ranking
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Universities and colleges ; Ratings and rankings ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Universität ; Ranking ; Hochschule ; Evaluation
    Abstract: During the last decades ranking has become one of the most controversial issues in higher education and research. It is widely recognized now that, although some of the current rankings can be severely criticized, they seem to be here to stay. In addition, rankings appear to have a great impact on decision-makers at all levels of higher education and research systems worldwide, including in universities. Rankings reflect a growing international competition among universities for talent and resources; at the same time they reinforce competition by their very results. Yet major concerns remain as to the rankings' methodological underpinnings and to their various impacts. This book presents a comprehensive overview of the current 'state of the art' of ranking in higher education and research, and introduces a completely new approach called 'multidimensional ranking'. In part 1 rankings are discussed in the broader context of quality assurance and transparency in higher education and research. In addition the many current ranking methodologies are analyzed and criticized, and their impacts are explored. In part 2 a new approach to ranking is introduced, based on the basic idea that higher education and research institutions have different profiles and missions and that the performances of these institutions should reflect these differences. This multidimensional approach is operationalized in a new multidimensional and user-driven ranking tool, called U-Multirank. U-Multirank is the outcome of a pilot project, sponsored by the European Commission, in which the new ranking instrument was designed and tested at a global scale. Contents: 1. Introduction: Towards a New Ranking Approach in Higher Education and Research (Frans van Vught, Don Westerheijden and Frank Ziegele). - PART I. MULTIDIMENSIONAL RANKING. - 2. Transparency, Quality and Accountability (Frans van Vught and Don Westerheijden). - 3. Classifications and Rankings (Gero Federkeil, Frans van Vught and Don Westerheijden). - 4. An Evaluation and Critique of Current Rankings (Gero Federkeil, Frans van Vught and Don Westerheijden). - 5. Impact of Rankings (Frans van Vught and Don Westerheijden). - PART II. U-MULTIRANK. - 6. Background and Design (Gero Federkeil, Frans Kaiser, Frans van Vught and Don Westerheijden). - 7. Dimensions and Indicators (Gero Federkeil, Ben Jongbloed, Frans Kaiser and Don Westerheijden). - 8. Data Collection (Julie Callaert, Elisabeth Epping, Gero Federkeil, Ben Jongbloed, Frans K ...
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400739291
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 203p, digital)
    Series Statement: Vienna Circle Institute Yearbook, Institut `Wiener Kreis' Society for the Advancement of the Scientific World Conception 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. u.d.T. Creath, Richard, 1947 - Rudolf Carnap and the legacy of logical empiricism
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Carnap, Rudolf 1891-1970 ; Neopositivismus
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    ISBN: 9789400725829
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 267p. 11 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science 78
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Quantum theory ; Philosophy
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    ISBN: 9789400723122 , 1280798556 , 9781280798559
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 340p. 13 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: Marjatta Saarnivaara
    Abstract: The breakneck speed of change in today's societies creates enormous challenges for educational institutions at all levels. This volume explores ways how to manage change in educational processes and contexts, focusing, in particular, on the concepts of transition and transformation. How do we educate a skilled workforce, sensitive professionals and responsive citizens who are able not only to cope with change but also to adopt required roles as agents of change? How do we prepare students and employees to cope adequately with changes and transitions in their careers and personal lives? The first of this book's three sections deals with the conceptual and theoretical aspects of transition, transformational processes and human development. It defines these concepts and examines the ways in which educational theory and praxis understand concepts of change and development. The second section presents empirical studies that offer differing perspectives on educational transitions, covering the lifespan from early years education to lifelong learning. The third part of the volume focuses on issues of learning and pedagogy and argues that educational practices should change with the changing world. With numerous concrete examples included in the analysis, and with studies taking a range of forms from personal histories to large-scale surveys, this new book is a major addition to the literature in a field that has key implications for our future. The first of this book's three sections deals with the conceptual and theoretical aspects of transition, transformational processes and human development. It defines these concepts and examines the ways in which educational theory and praxis understand concepts of change and development. The second section presents empirical studies that offer differing perspectives on educational transitions, covering the lifespan from early years education to lifelong learning. The third part of the volume focuses on issues of learning and pedagogy and argues that educational practices should change with the changing world. With numerous concrete examples included in the analysis, and with studies taking a range of forms from personal histories to large-scale surveys, this new book is a major addition to the literature in a field that has key implications for our future.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transitions and Transformations in Learning and Education; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Theoretical Analyses of Change; Chapter 1: Introduction and Overview; Structure of the Book; Chapter 2: The Coming of the Ecological Learner; Introduction; Li quid Learning, Liquid Learners; The Arrival of the Life-Wide Learner; The Coming of the Self-sustaining Learner; Nomadic Learners; The Coming of the Ecological Learner; Being an Ecological Learner; Conclusion: The Ubiquity of Learning Transitions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: An Overview of the Concepts of Change and Development: From the Premodern to Modern EraConceptual Background; The Concepts of Change, Progress and Development; Premodern Era; Aristotelian-Ptolemaic World View: Change and Unchangeability; Change and Unchangeability in Other Philosophical Traditions; Cyclical, Linear and Spiral Time vs. Change and Unchangeability; Basic Historical Assumptions of Human Change and Development; The Concepts of Change and Development in Modern Developmental and Learning Theories; Change and Development According to Developmental Psychology
    Description / Table of Contents: The Meaning of Psychological DevelopmentThe Mechanistic World View; The Organismic World View; The Contextual (Dialectical) World View; Change and Development According to Learning Theories; Behavioural and Information Processing Theories; Piagetian Constructivism; Final Considerations; World View Hypotheses of Modern Theories; Continuity of Ideas Across Historical Periods?; References; Chapter 4: Transformations Toward Mature Thinking: Challenges for Education and Learning; Introduction; Question of Forms of Mature Thinking in Adulthood; Dialectical Thinking as a Form of Mature Thinking
    Description / Table of Contents: Epistemology and Epistemic ChangeKuhn's Model of Epistemic Thinking; Baxter Magolda's Epistemological Reflection Model and Self-Authorship; Learning in Adulthood and Transitions; Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Transition and Constitution in School/Work Relations; Introduction; The Transition from School to Work: A Glance at Recent History; The Labour Market, Production and Education; The Regulation of Transitions; Transitions: Between What Positions? 4; Market-Based Approach; Social Guarantee Approach; Production; Education and Career Management
    Description / Table of Contents: Constitution: Young Adults, Adulthood and Publicity 5Conclusions; References; Part II: Transitions in Educational Paths; Chapter 6: Interprofessional Collaboration in Supporting Transition to School; Introduction; Theoretical Framework; Cultural-Historical Activity Theory; The Cycles of Expansive Learning Within Interprofessional Collaboration; Reflexive Dialogue as a Tool of Transformative Learning; Cycles of Interprofessional Collaboration in Transition; Identifying Different Professional Knowing; Developing Interprofessional Knowledge Through Common Concepts; Reflexing on Joint Practices
    Description / Table of Contents: Discussion
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    ISBN: 9789400728462
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 247p. 29 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Advances in Business Education and Training 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Lerntechnik
    Abstract: Richard G. Milter
    Abstract: Core concepts in education are changing. For example, professional performance or expertise is not uniquely the fruit of specialist knowledge acquired at professional schools, but the sum of influences exerted by a complex web of continuous learning opportunities for which an individual is well (or ill) prepared by their schools and their workplace. The key contributory factors to professional expertise are how professional schools connect to professional practice, how schools prepare graduates for continuous learning, and how the workplace endorses continuous development. Thus, the question this volume addresses - how to design learning and working environments that facilitate the integration of these three elements - is at the heart of contemporary pedagogical theory. The authors also ask a second vital question: how do we educate learners that go on to maximize their life's learning opportunities by regulating their own ongoing learning? Learning at the Crossroads of Theory and Practice argues that with the theory of learning at a crossroads, this is an unprecedented opportunity for learning about learning. The book sheds light on different elements of this challenge: integrating theory and practice in business education, generating and fully exploiting workplace learning opportunities, and enriching our classrooms by coupling theoretical knowledge with the richness of real-life experience.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter1 Learning at the Crossroads of Theory and Practice: An Overview; Chapter Overview; Part 1. Integrating Theory and Practice in Business Education; Part 2. Workplace Learning; Part 3. Classroom Enrichment; Part 4. Bridging the Gap; References; Part I Integrating Theory and Practice inBusiness Education; Chapter 2Enhancing the Academic Internship LearningExperience for Business Education-A CriticalReview and Future Directions; Introduction; A Literature Review: The Functions of an Internshipfor Students, Companies, and Business Schools
    Description / Table of Contents: Academic Internships Prepare Business Studentsfor the Labor MarketCompanies are Looking for Future Employees; Business Schools Improve Their Curriculum; A Need for Integration of Expectations and Supportfor Internship Supervision at a Distance; Method; Results; Students Ask for High-Quality Internships; Companies Receive First Choice of Best Students; Business Schools Want to Facilitate the AcademicInternship Experience; Collaboration Between the Three Stakeholders; Discussion; Limitations and Future Research; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3Combining Formal and Non-formal Learningfor Undergraduate Management StudentsBased in LondonPurpose and Background; The Module Structure and Theoretical Underpinning; The Process of Evaluation and Redesign; Issues Identified; Implications for Innovation and Practice; References; Chapter 4Work-Based Learning VersusWork-RelatedLearning-An Exploration of the PossibilitiesofWork-Related Learning Through a Reviewof the Venture Matrix at Sheffield HallamUniversity, UK; Introduction; Work-Related and Work-Based Learning; The Venture Matrix
    Description / Table of Contents: Evaluation of the Student Experience of Venture MatrixDiscussion; Conclusion; Appendix; References; Part II Workplace Learning; Chapter 5What Keeps Low- and High-QualifiedWorkersCompetitive: Exploring the Influence of JobCharacteristics and Self-Directed LearningOrientation onWork-Related Learning; Introduction; Job Characteristics and Work-Related Learning; A Self-directed Learning Orientation and Work-Related Learning; Present Lacunae Regarding the Active Learning Hypothesis; Research Questions; Method; Measures; Analyses; Results; Respondents; Descriptives
    Description / Table of Contents: Predictors of Work-Related LearningRespondents; Descriptives; Predictors of Work-Related Learning; Conclusions; Discussion Results; Limitations; Implications for the Practice of Workplace Learning both in Education and at Work; References; Chapter 6The Use of Personal Development Plans(PDPs) in Organizations and the Roleof Its Perceived Purpose; Introduction; Theoretical Background; What is a PDP?; An Example from Practice; Striving for Various Purposes; Supporting Conditions; Supporting Conditions Related to the Employee; Supporting Conditions Related to the Assessment Context
    Description / Table of Contents: Research Question
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9789400727595 , 1280798602 , 9781280798603
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 372p. 34 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 292
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Characterizing the robustness of science
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Science ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wissenschaft ; Robustheit ; Reliabilität ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie
    Abstract: William Wimsatt
    Abstract: Mature sciences have been long been characterized in terms of the 'successfulness', 'reliability' or 'trustworthiness' of their theoretical, experimental or technical accomplishments. Today many philosophers of science talk of 'robustness', often without specifying in a precise way the meaning of this term. This lack of clarity is the cause of frequent misunderstandings, since all these notions, and that of robustness in particular, are connected to fundamental issues, which concern nothing less than the very nature of science and its specificity with respect to other human practices, the nature of rationality and of scientific progress; and science's claim to be a truth-conducive activity. This book offers for the first time a comprehensive analysis of the problem of robustness, and in general, that of the reliability of science, based on several detailed case studies and on philosophical essays inspired by the so-called practical turn in philosophy of science.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; 1 Introduction: The Solidity of Scientific Achievements: Structure of the Problem, Difficulties, Philosophical Implications; 1.1 Robustness. . . That Is to Say?; 1.2 Solidity, a Relational Status: Between Holism and Modularity; 1.3 Counting and Weighing the Arrows of a Solidity Scheme; 1.4 Solidity, a Status That Comes in Degrees; 1.5 Arrows-Node Schemes of Solidity and Scientific Practices; 1.6 1.6 About the Nature of the X Appearing in the Judgment 'X Is Solid'; 1.6.1 Solidity of the Nodes; 1.6.2 Solidity of the Arrows
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.7 From the Pyramidal-Foundational Model to the Holistic-Symbiotic Model, and Back1.7.1 A Thought Experiment Playing with the Solidity Values of the Elements of a Robustness Scheme; 1.7.2 What Hides the Holistic-Symbiotic Working of a Robustness Scheme in a Given Historical Configuration; 1.7.3 Structural Homologies and Substantial Differences Between the Robustness Analysis of Real-Time Scientific Practices and Retrospective Consideration of Past Science; 1.8 Independent Derivations . . . In What Sense?; 1.8.1 Content (or Logico-semantic) Independence; 1.8.2 Building an Independence Scale
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.8.3 Historical (or Empirico-genetic) Independence1.8.4 Robustness, Historical Dependency, Scientific Realism and Contingentism; 1.9 Sequential Overview of the Contents of This Book; 1.9.1 Chapters 2 and 3: Wimsatt on Robustness, Past and Present; 1.9.2 Chapters 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8: Case Studies of the Robustness of a Single Node; 1.9.3 Chapter 9: A Systematic Panoramic Analysis of the Robustness Notion; 1.9.4 Chapters 10 and 11: The Solidity of Derivations; 1.9.5 Chapters 12, 13 and 14: Robustness, Scope, and Realism; References; 2 Robustness, Reliability, and Overdetermination (1981)
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Common Features of Concepts of Robustness2.2 Robustness and the Structure of Theories; 2.3 Robustness, Testability, and the Nature of Theoretical Terms; 2.4 Robustness, Redundancy, and Discovery; 2.5 Robustness, Objectification, and Realism; 2.6 Robustness and Levels of Organization; 2.7 Heuristics and Robustness; 2.8 Robustness, Independence, and Pseudorobustness: A Case Study; References; 3 Robustness: Material, and Inferential, in the Natural and Human Sciences; 3.1 Robustness Introduced: Historical Background and Stage Setting; 3.2 Material Robustness
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 A Central Biological Example: How Is Sex Possible?3.4 Qualifications on Robustness; 3.5 Robustness and Entrenchment; References; 4 Achieving Robustness to Confirm Controversial Hypotheses: A Case Study in Cell Biology; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Theoretical Background of Endocytosis; 4.3 Some Recent Findings Concerning Clathrin-Mediated Endocytosis and the Conflict with the Dominant Views; 4.4 The Experimental Strategies Implemented to Achieve Robustness: A Type of Robustness Scheme and Its Peculiar Features; 4.5 Conclusions: Robustness As a Methodological Attractor; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Multiple Derivability and the Reliability and Stabilization of Theories
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400729506
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 564p. 23 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 27
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education
    Abstract: Michael B. Paulsen
    Abstract: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor, and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on twelve general areas that encompass the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400740358
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 373 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Amsterdam Studies in Jewish Philosophy 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kohler, George Y., 1966 - Reading Maimonides' philosophy in 19th century Germany
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy ; History ; Maimonides, Moses 1135-1204 ; Jüdische Philosophie ; Rezeption ; Deutschland ; Reformjudentum ; Geschichte 1800-1930
    Abstract: George Y. Kohler
    Abstract: This book investigates the re-discovery of Maimonides' Guide of the Perplexed by the Wissenschaft des Judentums movement in Germany of the nineteenth and beginning twentieth Germany. Since this movement is inseparably connected with religious reforms that took place at about the same time, it shall be demonstrated how the Reform Movement in Judaism used the Guide for its own agenda of historizing, rationalizing and finally turning Judaism into a philosophical enterprise of 'ethical monotheism'. The study follows the reception of Maimonidean thought, and the Guide specifically, through the nineteenth century, from the first beginnings of early reformers in 1810 and their reading of Maimonides to the development of a sophisticated reform-theology, based on Maimonides, in the writings of Hermann Cohen more then a hundred years later.
    Description / Table of Contents: Reading Maimonides'Philosophy in 19th CenturyGermany; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; I; II; III; IV; V; VI; Part I: Maimonides: The Guide for the Reform Movement in Germany; Chapter 2: The Beginnings; Samson R. Hirsch and Simon Scheyer; Chapter 3: The First Reform Rabbis; Abraham Geiger; Heinrich Graetz; Moritz Eisler and Leopold Stein; Chapter 4: The Rabbinical Seminaries; Manuel Joel; David Kaufmann; Anti-Aristotelianism; Philipp Bloch, Wolf Mischel and Israel Finkelscherer; The Baden Prayerbook; Religious Schoolbook and the Jewish Catechism
    Description / Table of Contents: The Moses ben Maimon VolumesFelix Perles, Wilhelm Bacher and Adolf Biach; Chapter 5: The Return to Philosophy; David Neumark; Hermann Cohen; Benzion Kellermann; Part II: Specific Problems in the Reception of Maimonides' Philosophy in Nineteenth- and Early Twentieth-Century Germany; Chapter 6: Divine Attributes - The Ethical Concept of God; Manuel Joel; Abraham Geiger and Moritz Eisler; David Kaufmann; Hermann Cohen's Ethics of Maimonides; Benzion Kellermann; Hermann Cohen's Religion of Reason; Chapter 7: The Law; The Reform Approach to the Law; Simon Scheyer's Translation of the Guide
    Description / Table of Contents: Maimonides' Reasons for the CommandmentsThe Frankfurt Conference and Leopold Stein; Moritz Eisler; Abraham Geiger; Heinrich Graetz; David Joel; The Sabians; Leo Bardowicz, Wilhelm Bacher, and Ludwig Pick; Hermann Cohen's Return to Universalism; Maimonides in the Religion of Reason; Cohen on Guide III, 31-32; Cohen on the Commandments Between Man and God; Cohen on the Future of the Torah; Chapter 8: Maimonides and Kant; Salomon Maimon; Manuel Joel; Adolf Schmiedl; Moritz Eisler; David Kaufmann; Wolf Mischel; Israel Friedländer; David Neumark; Julius Guttmann; Moritz Steckelmacher
    Description / Table of Contents: Hermann CohenBenzion Kellermann; Max Freudenthal and Philipp Bloch; Epilogue: The Year 1924; Chapter 9: "Rambam or Maimonides"; Samson Raphael Hirsch; Israel Deutsch and J. Bukofzer; Josef Gugenheimer; The Berlin Orthodox Seminary and Ignatz Münz; David Hoffmann; Simon Eppenstein; Joseph Wohlgemuth; Israel Friedländer; Arnold Klein; Appendix: The Debate Between Julius Guttmann and Leo Strauss; Chapter 10: Conclusions; Primary German Nineteenth- and Early Twentieth-Century Sources on Maimonides' Guide; Bibliography; Modern Secondary Literature; Selected Hebrew Literature; Author Index
    Description / Table of Contents: Subject IndexIndex of Chapters;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    ISBN: 9789400741072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 205p, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 294
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Radder, Hans, 1949 - The material realization of science
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Physics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Physics ; Habermas, Jürgen ; Science ; Philosophy ; Habermas, Jürgen 1929- ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Habermas, Jürgen 1929- ; Wissenschaftstheorie
    Abstract: Hans Radder
    Abstract: This book develops a conception of science as a multi-dimensional practice, which includes experimental action and production, conceptual-theoretical interpretation, and formal-mathematical work. On this basis, it addresses the topical issue of scientific realism and expounds a detailed, referentially realist account of the natural sciences. This account is shown to be compatible with the frequent occurrence of conceptual discontinuities in the historical development of the sciences. Referential realism exploits several fruitful ideas of Jürgen Habermas, especially his distinction between objectivity and truth; it builds on a in-depth analysis of scientific experiments, including their material realization; and it is developed through an extensive case study in the history and philosophy of quantum mechanics. The new postscript explains how the book relates to several important issues in recent philosophy of science and science studies. I highly recommend this book. Radder is probably the first philosopher of science to make productive epistemological use of the notion of experimental system. The postscript is most valuable since it connects his work not only to the topical debates in philosophy of science, but also to history of science and science studies. Hans-Jörg Rheinberger, Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin About the first edition: The debate on realism has recently become rather stale by repetition, but Radder introduces original insights and has written a lively and well-argued contribution to it. The book is to be recommended also as a clear introduction to the complex of relevant issues. Mary Hesse, University of Cambridge Radder presents an ingenious approach to the issue of scientific realism and conceptual discontinuity. I believe his idea that conceptual discontinuity presupposes other types of continuity is extremely important. Mark Rowlands, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa Hans Radder is professor of philosophy of science and technology at VU University Amsterdam. He is the author of In and About the World and The World Observed/The World Conceived. He edited The Philosophy of Scientific Experimentation and The Commodification of Academic Research: Science and the Modern University, and is coeditor of Science Transformed Debating Claims of an Epochal Break.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Material Realization of Science; Preface to the Revised English Edition; Preface to the First English Edition; Preface to the Dutch Edition; Contents; Introduction; Part I Habermas and the Philosophy of Science; Chapter 1: Habermas's Philosophy of the Natural Sciences; 1.1 Introductory Remarks; 1.2 The Aim of Habermas's Epistemology; 1.3 Two Fundamental Distinctions; 1.3.1 Purposive-Rational and Communicative Action; 1.3.2 Communicative Action and Discourse: Two Forms of Communication; 1.4 The Constitution Theory and the Role of Experiment
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.1 Objectivity of Experience and the Categorial Structure of Object-Domains1.4.2 The Experiment in the Natural Sciences; 1.5 The Consensus Theory of Truth; 1.5.1 What Is Truth?; 1.5.2 Grounded Consensus as the Criterion of Truth; 1.5.3 The Formal Characteristics of Discourse; 1.5.4 The Ideal Speech Situation; 1.6 Objectivity and Truth; Chapter 2: Habermas on Objectivity and Truth: Analysis and Critique; 2.1 Introductory Remarks; 2.2 The Transcendental Method and the Role of Experiment; 2.2.1 On the Constitution of Objectivity; 2.2.2 The Role of Experiment in Habermas
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 A Critique of Habermas's Theory of Truth2.3.1 On the Meaning of Truth; 2.3.2 The Inadequacy of the Criterion of Truth; Part II Experimentation and Referential Realism; Chapter 3: Experimentation in the Natural Sciences; 3.1 Introductory Remarks; 3.2 The Theoretical Description of Experiments; 3.3 Experimentation as Material Realization; 3.4 Experimental Production and the Possibility of Realism; Chapter 4: Verifiability and Reference, Relativism and Realism; 4.1 Introductory Remarks; 4.2 Verifiability; 4.3 Conceptual Discontinuity and Scientific Realism; 4.4 A Criterion of (Co)reference
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 A "Realistic" RealismChapter 5: Specification and Application: Two Case Studies from the History and Philosophy of Quantum Mechanics; 5.1 Introductory Remarks; 5.2 The Correspondence Principle and the Historical Development of Quantum Mechanics; 5.2.1 Bohr 1913: Correspondence as Numerical Agreement; 5.2.2 Correspondence and Conceptual Continuity: 1916-1922; 5.2.3 Numerical and Formal Correspondence: 1923-1925; 5.2.4 Correspondence and Material Realization; 5.2.5 Philosophical Conclusions; 5.3 The Measurement Problem in Quantum Mechanics; 5.3.1 Measurement Problem and Realism
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.2 The Measurement Problem as a Problem of Correspondence5.3.3 Quantum-Mechanical Measuring Process and Communication; Conclusion; Postscript 2012; 1 Habermas and the Philosophy of the Natural Sciences; 2 Scientific Experimentation; 3 Referential Realism; 3.1 A Realist Ontology; 3.2 A Referentially Realist Epistemology; 3.3 Referential Realism, Constructive Empiricism, and Constructive Realism; 3.4 Referential and Instrumental Realism; 3.5 Referential Realism and "Materialist" Science Studies; 3.6 Referential and Structural Realism; 3.7 Referential Realism and Idealist Antirealism
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Philosophy and History of Quantum Mechanics
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400739406
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 205 p. 18 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Ingenieurwissenschaften ; Konstruktion ; Entwurf ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: This book presents an attempt to understand the nature of technical artefacts and the way they come into being. Its primary focus is the kind of technical artefacts designed and produced by modern engineering. In spite of their pervasive influence on human thinking and doing, and therefore on the modern human condition, a philosophical analysis of technical artefacts and engineering design is lacking. Among the questions addressed are: How do technical artefacts fit into the furniture of the universe? In what sense are they different from objects from the natural world, or from the social world? What kind of activity is engineering design and what does it mean to say that technical artefacts are the embodiment of a design? Does it make sense to consider technical artefacts to be morally good or bad by themselves because of the way they influence human life? The book advances the thesis that technical artefacts, conceived of as physical constructions with a technical function, have a dual nature; they are hybrid objects combining physical and intentional features. It proposes a theory of technical functions and technical artefact kinds that does justice to this dual nature, analyses engineering design from the dual nature point of view, and argues that technical artefacts, because of their dual nature, have inherent moral significance.
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionTechnical artefactsTheories of technical functionsProper functions and technical artefact kindsEngineering designThe moral significance of technical artefactsEpilogue.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400746503 , 1283633922 , 9781283633925
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 297 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of mind ; Humanities ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Humanities ; Consciousness ; Solomon, Robert C. 1942-2007 ; Gefühl ; Existenzphilosophie ; Solomon, Robert C. 1942-2007 ; Ethik ; Solomon, Robert C. 1942-2007 ; Philosophie
    Abstract: Robert C. Solomon, who died in 2007, was Professor of Philosophy and Quincy Lee Centennial Professor of Business at the University of Texas, USA. As the first book comprehensively to examine the breadth of Solomon, s contribution to philosophy, this volume ranks as a vital addition to the literature. It includes a newly published transcript of Solomon, s last talk, which responded to Arindam Chakrabarti on the concept of revenge, as well as the considered views of prominent figures in the numerous subfields in which Solomon worked. The content analyses his perspectives on the philosophy of emoti
    Abstract: Robert C. Solomon, who died in 2007, was Professor of Philosophy and Quincy Lee Centennial Professor of Business at the University of Texas, USA. As the first book comprehensively to examine the breadth of Solomons contribution to philosophy, this volume ranks as a vital addition to the literature. It includes a newly published transcript of Solomons last talk, which responded to Arindam Chakrabarti on the concept of revenge, as well as the considered views of prominent figures in the numerous subfields in which Solomon worked. The content analyses his perspectives on the philosophy of emotion, virtue, business ethics, and religion, in addition to philosophical history, existentialism, and the many other topics that held this prolific thinkers attention. Solomon memorably defined philosophy itself as the thoughtful love of life, and despite the diversity of his output, he was most drawn by central questions about the meaning of life, the essential role that emotions play in finding that meaning, and the human imperative to seek emotional integrity, in which ones thoughts, emotions, and actions all contribute to a coherent narrative. The essays included here draw attention to the interconnections between the issues Solomon addressed, and evince the manner in which he embodied that integrity, living a life at one with his philosophy. They emphasize the central themes of passion, ethics, and spirituality, which threaded through his work, and the way these ideas informed his views on how we should approach grief and death. The multiplicity of topics alone make this keystone work an enlightening read for a full spectrum of students of philosophy, providing much to ponder and recounting a subtle and shining example of the emotional integrity Solomon worked so hard to define.
    Description / Table of Contents: Passion, Death, and Spirituality; Acknowledgments; Contents; Introduction; Part I: Emotions; Chapter 1: Sensational Judgmentalism: Reconciling Solomon and James; Solomon Contra James; Towards a Sensational Judgmentalism; Solomon's Wisdom; References; Chapter 2: Biology and Existentialism; References; Chapter 3: Between Existentialism and the Human Sciences: Solomon's Cognitive Theory of the Emotions; References; Chapter 4: A Critique of Pure Revenge; The Controversy; Two Misleading Metaphors; Revenge and Gratitude; Instinctive Self-Defense and Revenge; Revenge and Retribution Distinguished
    Description / Table of Contents: Confusions About ReciprocitySolomon's Passionate Justice Argument and Its Fallacy; My Moral Psychology of Revenge and its Iterative Escalation; Macho-morality and The Secret Charm of the Violent Harm-Doer; References; Chapter 5: Chakrabarti's 'A Critique of Pure Revenge': A Response; Two Sorts of Societies; Righteous Schadenfreude : An Alternative to Revenge and Forgiveness; References; Chapter 6: Sentimentality in Life and Literature; Introduction; Defending the Tender Emotions; The Ethics of Sentimentality in Real Life; The Ethics of Sentimentality in Literature
    Description / Table of Contents: The Sentimental Novel as a Literary GenreThe Aesthetics of the Sentimental Novel; References; Part II: Ethics; Chapter 7: Robert Solomon's Contribution to Business Ethics: Emotional Agency; References; Chapter 8: Virtues, Concepts, and Rules in Business Ethics: Reflections on the Contributions of Robert C. Solomon; Solomon's Approach to Virtue Ethics; Honesty; Trust; Toughness; Fairness; Sympathy and Empathy; Altruism; Ethical Styles; Some Limitations of Virtue-Ethics; References; Chapter 9: Robert Solomon's Aristotelian Nietzsche; How to Read Nietzsche
    Description / Table of Contents: The Meta-Ethics of Aristotelian Virtue EthicsVirtue and Will to Power; Virtue and Types of Human Being; Virtue, Objectivity and Truth; References; Chapter 10: Robert Solomon and the Ethics of Grief and Gratitude: Toward a Politics of Love; References; Part III: Comparative Philosophy; Chapter 11: Grief and the Mnemonics of Place: A Thank You Note; What's the Deal with the Funeral Games?; The Sag-Deed; What's the Deal with World Philosophy?; References; Chapter 12: Of Grief and Mourning: Thinking a Feeling, Back to Robert Solomon; Troubled Passions and the Dark Night of Gloom
    Description / Table of Contents: The Work of Mourning and GrievingThe Analytic of 'Moral Emotion' vis-à-vis 'Grief Pathology'; The Sublime Melancholia of Mourning; Unconcluding Remarks; References; Chapter 13: The Lost Art of Sadness; Introduction; The Pervasiveness of Human Suffering; Mourning and Melancholy; Depression and Boredom; The Emotion Pro fi le of Sadness & Working with Emotions; Buddhist Pathways for Managing Negative Emotions; Buddhism and Depression: Anthropological Studies; Boredom; Boredom as an Attentional Crisis; Emotional Integrity & Spirituality; Humour and Emotional Sensibility: The Tragic and the Comic
    Description / Table of Contents: Concluding Thoughts
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9789400741980 , 1280996781 , 9781280996788
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 274 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. Experience of school transitions
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Schule ; Schulabgänger ; Berufsausbildung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Schulübergang
    Abstract: Leaving school, whether to move on to training, work or education, is a fundamental rite of passage the world over. This volume draws on a wealth of international sources and studies in its analysis of the transitions young students make as they move on from their secondary schooling. It identifies how these transitions are planned for by policymakers, enacted by school staff and engaged with by students themselves. With data from a range of nations with advanced industrial economies, the book delineates how the policies relating to these transitions need to be conceived and implemented, how the transitions themselves are negotiated by young people, and how they might be shaped to meet the varied needs of the students they are designed to help. The authors argue that the relationship, often complex, between what schools provide in the way of preparation, and the ways in which students take up what is on offer, is the crucial nexus for understanding the experience of transitions by young people, and for enhancing that experience. With a host of case studies of transition policies themselves, as well as evaluative data on how they were received by the school leavers whom they were designed for, this valuable addition to the educational literature deserves to be read by all those with roles in preparing the young for their journey into a complex adult world full of pitfalls as well as opportunity.
    Description / Table of Contents: Experience of School Transitions; Preface; References; Contents; Part I: School Transitions: Overview, Policy Orientations and Theorisations; Chapter 1: Experiences of School Transitions: Policies, Practice and Participants; Productive Transitions from Schooling; Conceptualising School Transitions as Affordances and Engagement; Bases of Affordances and Engagement; Students' Perceptions of School and Community Affordances and Personal Efforts in Transitions; School Affordances; Community Engagement; Personal Action and Agency
    Description / Table of Contents: Interrelationship Amongst School Affordances, Community Engagement and Student ActionReferences; Chapter 2: Reconciling the System World with the Life Worlds of Young Adults: Where Next for Youth Transition Policies?; Reconciling Life and Personal Worlds; Transition Behaviours and Employment Outcomes; Agency and Feelings of Control in Human Lives; The Shaping of Youth Transitions: Three Dimensions; Bounded Agency: Focusing on How Individual Agency Can Be Supported Without Losing Sight of the Structuring Effects of Contexts; 'Life Chances' and Beliefs About Opportunity
    Description / Table of Contents: Experiencing Working Life and Learning at WorkPolicy Implications; Summary and Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Bridging School and Work: A Person-in-Context Model for Enabling Resilience in At-Risk Youth; Youth, Education, and Employment; School-to-Work Transition; At-Risk Youth and Resilience; Constructing the Model; Person-in-Context Model; Individual Domain; Social-Cultural Domain; Economic-Political Domain; Intersections of Domains; Utility of the Model; References; Part II: Imperatives for and Practices of Transitions: International Perspectives
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: The American Shortcut to VET: Global Policy Borrowing for the Post-16 Educational ArenaIntroduction: College-for-All?; Career Pathways; The Board Exam Model; The OECD and Policy Borrowing; Learning for Jobs; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Access, Coping and Relevance of Education in Youth Transitions: The German Transition System Between Labour Society and Knowledge Society; Introduction; Standing on the Shoulders of Giants? The Heritage of Luther and Bismarck in Contemporary German Youth Transitions; Key Problem Areas: Unemployed Youth and Lack of Qualified Labour
    Description / Table of Contents: Repairing or Reforming? Policy Trends and DiscoursesYouth Transitions in Germany in Comparison: The Model of Transition Regimes; Conclusions: Pedagogical and Political Dilemmas; References; Chapter 6: Making the Transition to Post-school Life: The Canadian Situation; Introduction; Labour Market and Education Contexts; School-Work Transition Policy Programs in Canada; At-Risk Students: Staying at School; Youth Apprenticeships: Helping Young People and Addressing Pressing Labour Shortages; Widening Participation in Higher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Why Is the Transition to Post-school Life So Persistently Problematic?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400742925 , 128099682X , 9781280996825
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 274 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Ethics ; Ontology ; Technology Philosophy ; Social sciences Data processing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Ethics ; Ontology ; Technology Philosophy ; Social sciences Data processing ; Floridi, Luciano 1964- ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: Annotation Information and communication technologies of the 20th century have had a significant impact on our daily lives. They have brought new opportunities as well as new challenges for human development. The Philosopher: Luciano Floridi claims that these new technologies have led to a revolutionary shift in our understanding of humanitys nature and its role in the universe. Florodis philosophical analysis of new technologies leads to a novel metaphysical framework in which our understanding of the ultimate nature of reality shifts from a materialist one to an informational one. In this world, all entities, be they natural or artificial, are analyzed as informational entities. This book provides critical reflection to this idea, in four different areas: Information Ethics and The Method of Levels of Abstraction The Information Revolution and Alternative Categorizations of Technological Advancements Applications: Education, Internet and Information Science Epistemic and Ontic Aspects of the Philosophy of Information
    Abstract: Information and communication technologies of the 20th century have had a significant impact on our daily lives. They have brought new opportunities as well as new challenges for human development. The Philosopher: Luciano Floridi claims that these new technologies have led to a revolutionary shift in our understanding of humanitys nature and its role in the universe. Florodis philosophical analysis of new technologies leads to a novel metaphysical framework in which our understanding of the ultimate nature of reality shifts from a materialist one to an informational one. In this world, all entities, be they natural or artificial, are analyzed as informational entities. This book provides critical reflection to this idea, in four different areas: Information Ethics and The Method of Levels of Abstraction The Information Revolution and Alternative Categorizations of Technological Advancements Applications: Education, Internet and Information Science Epistemic and Ontic Aspects of the Philosophy of Information
    Description / Table of Contents: Luciano Floridi's Philosophy of Technology; Preface; References; Contents; Part I: Information Ethics and the Method of Levels of Abstraction; Chapter 1: Floridi's Information Ethics as Macro-ethics and Info-computational Agent-Based Models; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Info-computationalist Perspective on Some Basic Ideas of Information Ethics; 1.2.1 On the Concept of Levels of Abstraction; 1.2.2 On the Idea of Good in Information Ethics; 1.2.3 On the Artificial Agency and Morality; 1.2.4 IE's Constructive/Generative Nature
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3 Info-computational Models of Intelligent Agent | Systems - A Pragmatic Approach to Moral Responsibility1.3.1 Ethics and Future Intelligent Agents; 1.4 Moral Responsibility, Classical vs. Pragmatic Approaches; 1.4.1 Classical Approach to Moral Responsibility, Causality and Free Will; 1.4.2 Pragmatic (Functional) Approach to Moral Responsibility; 1.5 Moral Responsibility 7 of Artificial Intelligent Systems; 1.6 Distribution of Responsibilities and Handling of Risks in Technical Systems; 1.7 Computational Modeling and Information Ethics; 1.8 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Artificial Agents, Cloud Computing, and Quantum Computing: Applying Floridi's Method of Levels of Abstraction2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Floridi's Theory; 2.2.1 Levels of Abstraction; 2.3 Artificial Agents; 2.4 Artificial Agents and Mapping Table Processing; 2.5 Cloud Computing; 2.6 Quantum Computing; 2.6.1 Distinguishing Quantum and Classical Approaches to Computation; 2.6.2 Quantum Approaches; 2.6.3 Ethical Concerns; 2.7 Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Levels of Abstraction and Morality; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Preliminary Concepts; 3.2.1 Action; 3.2.2 Agency
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.3 On the Very Idea of Levels of Abstraction3.2.4 Morality; 3.3 LoA 2 and Examples of Systems; 3.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The Homo Poieticus and the Bridge Between Physis and Techne; 4.1 Physis and Techne in the Digital Era; 4.2 The Homo Poieticus in the E-nvironment; 4.3 The Homo Poieticus : Technoscientist and Philosopher; 4.3.1 The Technoscientist; 4.3.2 The Philosopher; 4.4 Ethics Meets Epistemology; References; Part II: The Information Revolution and Alternative Categorizations of Technological Advancements
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: In the Beginning Was the Word and Then Four Revolutions in the History of Information5.1 A Running Start; 5.2 Four Revolutions in the History of Information; 5.2.1 The Epigraphic Revolution; 5.2.2 The Printing Revolution; 5.2.3 The Multimedia Revolution; 5.2.4 The Digital Revolution; 5.3 Discussion; 5.3.1 Unifying and Differentiating These Information Revolutions; 5.3.2 Technological, Scienti fi c and Cognitive Co-incidence; 5.3.3 Philosophical Entanglements, or Historically Contextualizing the Philosophy of Information; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: I Mean It! (And I Cannot Help It): Cognition and (Semantic) Information
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9789400742581 , 1280996803 , 9781280996801
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 249 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 38
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; History ; Social sciences ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; History ; Social sciences
    Abstract: This volume consists of original essays by academic leaders and scholars connected to Clark Kerrs life and work. He was arguably Americas most significant higher education thinker and public policy analyst in the last 50 years of the 20th century and renowned globally. However, little thoughtful attention has been devoted to assessing the whole of his work. Some commentators misunderstand the man as well as his ideas. The California Master Plan for Higher Education of 1960 was one of his famous undertakings, as was his part in shaping the multi-campus University of California towards global eminence. He coined the word multiversity to describe what he called the uses of the university, but began to think it had become much too multi. Some of his most important work was as director of the Carnegie Commission on Higher Education and the Carnegie Council on Policy Studies in Higher Education, which laid the foundation for sophisticated policy-making. The contributors honor the achievements of a remarkable man and provide portraits of him, but of equal importance are their critical discussions of the sources of his thinking, his attempts to balance access and merit in mass higher education circumstances, the policy issues that he confronted and the success of their resolution. For many of the contributors, Kerrs work is the starting point for understanding policy issues in varying regional and national contexts. Often thought to be a social scientist eager to keep abreast of trends, Kerr was actually au fond a moralist and surprisingly old-fashioned in his personal values.
    Description / Table of Contents: Clark Kerr's World of Higher Education Reaches the 21st Century; Foreword; References; Chapter 1: Clark Kerr: Two Voices; The Big Picture; The Modern World as a Culture of In-betweens; The California Master Plan for Higher Education (1960); Elites, Non-elites and the Problem of Merit Selection; The California Master Plan in the Year 2011; Alternatives to a "Master Plan"; The University of California at Santa Cruz: Swarthmore in the Redwoods; References; Chapter 2: Clark Kerr and the Carnegie Commission and Council; A Giant; The Person
    Description / Table of Contents: The Carnegie Commission on Higher Education and the Carnegie Council on Policy Studies on Higher EducationAccomplishments of the Carnegie Commission and Council; Limitations of the Carnegie Commission and Council; The Gold Standard; Prospects for a New Carnegie Commission; References; Chapter 3: The Perils of Success: Clark Kerr and the Master Plan for Higher Education; California's 1960 Master Plan: Development, Enactment and Implementation; Growth: Students, Campuses, and Funding; Altered State Realities; Unstable, Constrained Public Finance Combined with Political Volatility
    Description / Table of Contents: Demographic ShiftsPublic Schools; California Higher Education, the Master Plan and the Kerr Legacy; References; Chapter 4: The California Master Plan: In fl uential Beyond State Borders?; Ken Ashworth; Joseph Burke; Pat Callan; Gordon Davies; John Folger; Jim Furman; Ted Hollander; Stan Ikenberry; David Pierce; Dick Wagner; Reflections on the Interviews; Reflections on Outcomes; Reflections on State Planning; References; Chapter 5: Parallel Worlds: The California Master Plan and the Development of British Higher Education; National Differences and Processes
    Description / Table of Contents: The Context of the Master Plan Exercise and the Robbins CommitteeThe Background to the Robbins Committee; The Master Plan and the Robbins Report; The Filleting of the Robbins Report; The Evolution of British Higher Education; Master Planning or the Evolutionary Approach to the Development of Higher Education Systems; References; Chapter 6: Contrary Imaginations: France, Reform and the California Master Plan; Introduction; The Master Stroke; Republican Virtues and Values; The Third Republic; The Law of 1876: An Anachronistic Perspective; Fundamental Values
    Description / Table of Contents: Liberty, Equality and Fraternity as Public ValuesTheir Administrative Consequences; Contrary Imaginations, Complementary Perspectives; Higher Education as a National Community; Critique of Legal Homogeneity; A New Vision - Frustrated; Contrary Imaginations; A Significant Change in Policy Perspective; Back to Basics; Planning Progress, Meeting Change; The Grandes Écoles; The University; University Institutes of Technology (IUTs); The Anatomy of Unrest; The Aftermath; A Legislative Saga of Prudence and Redefinition; A Modernization That Dared Not Say Its Purpose; Well-Hidden Parallels
    Description / Table of Contents: Ecoles Doctorales
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    ISBN: 9789400747746 , 1283634104 , 9781283634106
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 289 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Professional and Practice-based Learning 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Adult education
    Abstract: The three concepts central to this volume--practice, learning and change--have received very different treatments in the educational literature, an oversight directly confronted here. While learning and change have been extensively theorised, their various contexts articulated and analysed, practice is notably underrepresented. Where much of the literature on learning and change takes the notion of 'practice' as an unexamined given, its co-location as a term with various classifiers, as in 'legal practice' and 'teaching practice', render it curiously devoid of semantic force. In this book, 'pr
    Abstract: The three concepts central to this volumepractice, learning and changehave received very different treatments in the educational literature, an oversight directly confronted here. While learning and change have been extensively theorised, their various contexts articulated and analysed, practice is notably underrepresented. Where much of the literature on learning and change takes the notion of practice as an unexamined given, its co-location as a term with various classifiers, as in legal practice and teaching practice, render it curiously devoid of semantic force.In this book, practice is the super-ordinate organising idea. Drawing on what has been termed the practice turn in contemporary theory, the work develops a conceptual framework for researching learning in, and on, practice. It challenges received notions of practice, questioning the assumptions, elisions, conflations and silences on the subject. In so doing, it offers fresh insights into learning and change, and how they relate to practice. In tandem with this conceptual work, the book details site-ontological studies of practice and learning in diverse professional and workplace contexts, examining the work of occupations as various as doctors, chefs and orchestral musicians. It demonstrates the value of theorising practice, learning and change, as well as exploring the connections between them amid our evolving social and institutional structures.
    Description / Table of Contents: Practice, Learning and Change; Foreword; Preface: Practice, Learning and Change; Contents; Chapter 1: Problematising Practice, Reconceptualising Learning and Imagining Change; Introduction; Five Principles for Theorising Professional Practice; Theories of Learning: A Brief Outline of the Literature; Practice, Learning and Change; Learning Practice(s); Change; Conclusion; References; Part I: Theorising Practice; Rethinking Professional Learning; Chapter 2: Theories of Practice and Their Connections with Learning: A Continuum of More and Less Inclusive Accounts
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction - Diverse Construals of PracticeMore Inclusive Accounts of Practice; More Exclusive Accounts of Practice; Schatzki's Account; MacIntyre's Account; Kemmis' Synoptic Overview; Green's Synthetic Overview; Antonacopoulou's Overview; Implications of the Various Construals of Practice for Understanding the Relationship Between Learning and Practice; The Role of Learning in More Inclusive Accounts of Practice; The Role of Learning in More Exclusive Accounts of Practice; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Ecologies of Practices; Developing a Theory of Ecologies of Practices
    Description / Table of Contents: Practice ArchitecturesEcologies of Practices; The Research Study; Principles of Ecologies of Practices; Networks; Nested Systems; Interdependence; Diversity; Cycles; Flows; Development; Dynamic Balance; Learning Practices; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Sensing the Tempo-Rhythm of Practice: The Dynamics of Engagement; Introduction; Unpacking Conventional Understandings of Practice Change; Towards the Indeterminacy of Everyday Work Life: Perspectives on Time, Space and Change; Tempo-Rhythm and Dramaturgical Concepts; Culinary Dynamics and Learning; Research Sites and Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: The Tempo-Rhythm of Culinary ServiceThe Implications of Practice Dynamics for Understanding Learning and Change; References; Chapter 5: Matterings of Knowing and Doing: Sociomaterial Approaches to Understanding Practice; Introduction; Sociomaterial Perspectives on Practice and Learning; Learning as Emergence of Collective Cognition and Environment: Complexity Theory; Learning as Expansion of Objects and Ideas: Cultural-Historical Activity; Learning as 'Translation' and Mobilization: Actor-Network Theory; Discussion: Sociomaterial Perspectives of Learning; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: A Return to Practice: Practice-Based Studies of EducationIntroduction; Lifelong Learning and Performativity as Conditions of the Practice of Education in Contemporary Societies; Instrumental Discourse of Lifelong Learning; The Culture of Performativity; Simplistic View of Education Practice; The Return to Practice in Social Theory and Organisation Studies; Practice Turn in Social Theory; Practice as Epistemic-Normative Construct; Education as Situated Work; Bodies and Sensible Knowledge; Materialities in Education; Local Orders of Education; Discussion; Practice Sensitivity
    Description / Table of Contents: Epistemology of Practice
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400727069
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 241p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 114
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Marcum, James A. The virtuous physician
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Medicine ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Life sciences ; Medical Education ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Medicine ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Life sciences ; Medical Education ; Humanities ; Virtues ; Philosophy, Medical ; Professional Competence ; Professional-Patient Relations ; Ethics, Medical ; Medical ethics ; Clinical competence ; Virtue ; Tugendethik ; Medizinische Ethik ; Arzt ; Berufsethik ; Tugendethik ; Medizinische Ethik ; Arzt ; Berufsethik
    Abstract: James A. Marcum
    Abstract: Although modern medicine enjoys unprecedented success in providing excellent technical care, many patients are dissatisfied with the poor quality of care or the unprofessional manner in which physicians sometimes deliver it. Recently, this patient dissatisfaction has led to quality-of-care and professionalism crises in medicine. In this book, the author proposes a notion of virtuous physician to address these crises. He discusses the nature of the two crises and efforts by the medical profession to resolve them and then he briefly introduces the notion of virtuous physician and outlines its ba
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 Medicine's Crises; 1.1 Medicine's Crises; 1.1.1 Quality-of-Care Crisis; 1.1.2 Professionalism Crisis; 1.2 Resolving Medicine's Crises; 1.2.1 Evidence-Based Medicine; 1.2.2 Patient-Centered Medicine; 1.3 Summary; References; 2 Virtue Theory, Ethics, and Epistemology; 2.1 Virtue Theory; 2.1.1 Traditional Virtue Theory; 2.1.2 Eclipse of Virtue Theory; 2.1.3 Contemporary Virtue Theory; 2.2 Vice; 2.3 Contemporary Virtue Ethics; 2.4 Virtue Epistemology; 2.5 Summary; References; 3 Virtues and Vices; 3.1 The Intellectual Virtues and Vices
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 The Ethical Virtues and Vices3.2.1 Courage and Cowardice; 3.2.2 Temperance and Intemperance; 3.2.3 Justice and Injustice; 3.3 The Theological Virtues and Vices; 3.3.1 Faith and Faithlessness; 3.3.2 Hope and Hopelessness; 3.3.3 Love and Lovelessness; 3.4 Summary; References; 4 On Caring and Uncaring; 4.1 Caring; 4.1.1 Mayeroff's Notion of Caring; 4.1.2 Models of Caring; 4.1.3 Is Caring a Virtue?; 4.1.4 Care; 4.1.4.1 Care Ethics; 4.1.4.2 Peabody's Notion of Patient Care; 4.1.5 Competence; 4.1.6 Care-Competence Relationship; 4.2 Uncaring; 4.2.1 Carelessness; 4.2.2 Incompetence
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.3 Carelessness-Incompetence Relationship4.3 Summary; References; 5 On Prudent Love and Imprudent Lovelessness; 5.1 Prudent Love; 5.1.1 Prudent Wisdom; 5.1.2 Radical Love; 5.1.2.1 Compassionate Love; 5.1.2.2 Empathic Love; 5.1.2.3 Altruistic Love; 5.1.2.4 Radical Love; 5.1.3 Compound Virtue of Prudent Love; 5.2 Imprudent Lovelessness; 5.2.1 Imprudence; 5.2.2 Lovelessness; 5.2.3 Compound Vice of Imprudent Lovelessness; 5.3 Summary; References; 6 Medical Stories; 6.1 "Communion"; 6.2 "Lifelong Effects of Chronic Atopic Eczema"; 6.3 Summary; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 The Virtuous Physician and Medicine's Crises7.1 Virtuous Physician; 7.2 Virtuous Holistic Medicine: Integrating EBM and PCM; 7.3 Resolving the Quality-of-Care and Professionalism Crises; 7.4 Virtues and Medical Education; 7.5 Summary; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    ISBN: 9789400729261
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 266 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Entrepreneurship, governance and ethics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Economics
    Abstract: The chapters of this book are a selection of papers presented at a joint conference on Law, Ethics and Finance was held at the York University Schulich School of Business, 1618 September, 2010. This book highlights with empirical data the strong interplay on ethics in organisational efficiency and entrepreneurial activity, and the role of legal settings and governance in facilitating ethical standards. It is hoped these papers encourage future scholars to continue to investigate the role of law and corporate governance in mitigating corruption and facilitating integrity in management,entrepreneurship and finance. Previously published in the Journal of Business Ethics, Volume 95 Supplement 2, 2010?
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Entrepreneurship, Governance and Ethics; Acknowledgments; Deal Structuring in Philanthropic Venture Capital Investments: Financing Instrument, Valuation and Covenants; Abstract; Introduction; Conceptual issues; Propositions; Methodology; Survey sample and test for non-response bias; Variables and empirical analysis; Type of instrument used; Valuation; Contractual provisions; Stewardship; Results; Type of instrument used; Valuation; Contractual provisions; Limitations, extensions, and further research; Conclusions; Note; Acknowledgments; References
    Description / Table of Contents: The Role of Corruption, Culture, and Law in Investment Fund Manager FeesAbstract; Introduction; Hypotheses; Control variables for analyzing managerial compensation across countries; Data; Methods and survey instrument; Potential sample selection bias; Summary statistics; Econometric tests; Conclusion; Notes; Acknowledgments; References; Legal Protection, Corruption and Private Equity Returns in Asia; Abstract; Introduction; Testable hypotheses; Data and summary statistics; Financial returns statistics; Governance and operation change statistics; Empirical tests; Concluding remarks; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsReferences; Exploring the Impact of Legal Systems and Financial Structure on Corporate Responsibility; Abstract; Introduction; Literature review and the development of hypotheses; Influence of legal and economic systems on CR; Influence of financial structures on CR; Methods; Sample; Dependent variables; Independent variables; Legal systems; Financial structures; Control variables; Economic conditions; Industry sectors; Time frame; Results; Descriptive statistics; t-Test results; Regression results; Model design; Model specifications; Results; Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Influence of legal systems on CRInfluence of legal systems on CER; Influence of legal systems on CSR; Influence of economic conditions on CR; Influence of financial structures and financial performance; Corporate visibility -- influence of size; Slack resource theory -- corporate performance; Slack resource theory -- cash-to-assets; Information asymmetry theory: the influence of capital structure -- privately versus publicly held shares; Information asymmetry theory: the influence of capital structure -- debt versus capital; Influence of industrial sectors on CER and CSR
    Description / Table of Contents: Limitations and future research directionsNotes; Acknowledgments; References; The UK Alternative Investment Market -- Ethical Dimensions; Abstract; Introduction; The Alternative Investment Market; Governance and ethics; AIM corporate governance and CSR; Corporate governance in AIM companies; Recent shortcomings/scandals on AIM; Methodology; Background information about AIM companies; NOMAD involvement in corporate governance issues; Other comments about AIM; Other comments about AIM; Strengthening of regulatory environment; Concluding comments; Notes; Acknowledgements; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Corporate Scandals and Capital Structure
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9789400730304
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 512p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Philosophy of Science in a European Perspective 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Probabilities, laws, and structures
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Biology Philosophy ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Philosophy
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400729698
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 85p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Animal behavior ; Applied psychology ; Consciousness ; Philosophy
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9789400728974
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 197p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789400739376
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 1103p. 75 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. European higher education at the crossroads
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europa ; Hochschulreform ; Studium
    Abstract: Lesley Wilson
    Abstract: Romania hosts the 2012 Bologna / European Higher Education Area Ministerial Conference and the Third Bologna Policy Forum. In preparation for these meetings, The Executive Agency for Higher Education, Research, Development and Innovation Funding (UEFISCDI) organised the Future of Higher Education - Bologna Process Researchers' Conference (FOHE-BPRC) in Bucharest on 17-19 October 2011, with the support of the European University Association (EUA) and the Romanian National Committee for UNESCO. The conference brought the voices of researchers into international-level policy making in higher education. The results of the conference are presented in this book. Until now, empirical evidence supporting policies and reforms in higher education has often been a matter of local or regional focus. The development of a pan-European process in higher education policy drives a need to explore wider research topics on which to base policies. This book offers an unprecedented opportunity for higher education researchers to interact and contribute to the political process shaping the European Higher Education Area (EHEA), and to national policy agendas in more than 100 participant countries for the 2012 ministerial events. The book collects more than 50 articles focusing on vital issues in European higher education. These are arranged in sections addressing the European Higher Education Area (EHEA) Principles; Teaching and Learning; Quality Assurance; Mobility; Higher Education Governance in the EHEA; Funding of Higher Education; Diversification of Higher Education Missions; Higher Education Futures and Foresight.
    Description / Table of Contents: European Higher Education at the Crossroads; Preface; Contents of Part 1: Bologna Process Principles, Teaching and Learning, Quality Assurance, Mobility; Contents of Part 2: Governance, Financing, Mission Diversification and Futures of Higher Education; Chapter 1: Going Beyond Bologna: Issues and Themes; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Bologna in Context; 1.2.1 Before Bologna; 1.2.2 The 'High Tide' of the Bologna Process; 1.2.3 Bologna and the Crisis; 1.3 Evolution of the Bologna Process; 1.3.1 Bologna; 1.3.2 Bologna +; 1.3.3 'Bologna'; 1.4 Bologna Themes; 1.4.1 EHEA Principles
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.2 Learning and Teaching1.4.3 Quality Assurance; 1.4.4 Governance; 1.4.5 Funding; 1.4.6 Differentiation; 1.4.7 Mobility; 1.4.8 Foresight; 1.5 Conclusion; Part I: European Higher Education Area Principles; Chapter 2: Reconsidering the EHEA Principles: Is There a "Bologna Philosophy"?; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Searching for the "EHEA Principles"; 2.3 Systematising and Reconsidering the "EHEA Principles"; 2.4 Conclusion: "The First Principle Is the Search for the First Principle"; Annex 1: The Early Phase (1998-2001): Implicit Rather than Explicit "Principles and Objectives"
    Description / Table of Contents: Annex 2: The Advanced Phase (2003-2009): "The EHEA Is Based on Principles of …"References; Chapter 3: Principles, Problems, Politics … What Does the Historical Record of EU Cooperation in Higher Education Tell the EHEA Generation?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Political Context for the Development of European Cooperation on Higher Education; 3.3 Higher Education Principles and Politics, 1948-2001; 3.3.1 The Founding Experience: Reviving Democratic Practice and the Concept of Academic Freedom, 1948-1972; 3.3.1.1 Multiple Goals; 3.3.1.2 Prefiguring a European Higher Education Area
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.1.3 Recognising Historical Affinities3.3.2 Pragmatically Pursuing Cooperation Goals 1973-1989; 3.3.2.1 An Impossible 'Europe of Education'?; 3.3.2.2 New Ground Rules for Educational and Cultural Affinity; 3.3.2.3 Competing Goals 1980s; 3.3.2.4 The Magna Charta Universitatum, 1988; 3.3.3 Europeanising and Democratising in a Global Age; 3.3.3.1 Maastricht and the Memorandum on Higher Education, 1991; 3.3.3.2 Epilogue: The Sorbonne Declaration, 1998, and After; 3.4 Analysing the Evidence: Stable Values, Changing Principles
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Conclusions: What Does This Historical Narrative Tell an EHEA Generation?References; Chapter 4: Institutional Autonomy and the Attractiveness of the European Higher Education Area - Facts or Tokenistic Discourse?; 4.1 Bologna Process, Competitiveness and University Autonomy; 4.2 Determining the Question; 4.3 Attractiveness for Students; 4.3.1 Success Dimensions in Student Attractiveness; 4.3.2 Success Dimensions, Student Intake and Opening New Programmes; 4.3.3 Success Dimensions, Market-Drivenness and Tuition Fees; 4.4 Attractiveness for Staff
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.1 Success Dimensions in Staff Attractiveness
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400727953
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 365p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Perspectives on Human Suffering
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Medicine ; medicine Philosophy ; Quality of Life ; Law ; Quality of Life Research ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Medicine ; medicine Philosophy ; Quality of Life ; Law ; Quality of Life Research
    Abstract: Norelle Lickiss
    Abstract: This volume brings together a range of interdisciplinary perspectives on a topic of central importance, but which has otherwise tended to be approached from within just one or another disciplinary framework. Most of the essays contained here incorporate some degree of interdisciplinarity in their own approach, but the volume nevertheless divides into three main sections: Philosophical considerations; Humanities approaches; Legal, medical, and therapeutic contexts. The volume includes essays by philosophers, medical practitioners and researchers, historians, lawyers, literary, Classical, and Judaic scholars. The essays are united by a common concern with the question of the human character of suffering, and the demands that suffering, and the recognition of suffering, make upon us.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; Notes on Contributors; Chapter-1; Introduction: Human Suffering; Bibliography; Part I; Philosophical Considerations; Chapter-2; Suffering, Compassion, and the Possibility of a Humane Politics; Suffering and Temporality; Suffering and the Singularity of the Person; Suffering and a Humane Politics; Bibliography; Chapter-3; Pathei Mathos: The Political-Cognitive Value of Suffering; Principle of Reality and Principle of Coercion; Nietzsche: Between Forgetfulness and the apologia of Suffering; At the Origin of Suffering: The Pain of Misrecognition
    Description / Table of Contents: BibliographyChapter-4; Economies of Suffering: Kierkegaard and Levinas; Introduction; Useful Suffering; Useless Suffering; Conclusion; Bibliography; Chapter-5; The Other Thing About Suffering; Bibliography; Chapter-6; 'Giving the World a More Human Face'-Human Suffering in African Thought and Philosophy; Introduction: A History of Suffering-First from Without, Then from Within; Sub-Saharan Understandings of Suffering; Sub-Saharan Ethical Approaches Toward Suffering; Conclusion; Bibliography; Chapter-7; Suffering as Substantive and Subjective: Slavoj Žižek, Hannah Arendt and the Body's Pain
    Description / Table of Contents: Parallax, Fetishism and the Disavowal of Suffering-Can We Do Justice to Suffering Without a Notion of Substance?Suffering, the Changing Demography, and Literature's Transformation of Consciousness; Bibliography; Chapter-8; Suffering and Forgiveness: An Heroic Journey; Arendt and the Unforgivable; Romantic and Magical Forgiveness; A Hero's Journey; How to Forgive; Bibliography; Part II; Humanities Approaches; Chapter-9; The Suffering of Job: He is Every Person and No-One; The Theological Question; The Narrative; Job as the Man We Know; The Dilemma of Job; The Unfathomable Nature of God
    Description / Table of Contents: The Suffering Inherent in CreationDisinterested Piety; God's Justice is Beyond Our Justice; We Are Still Responsible; Bibliography; Chapter-10; The Meaning and the Experience of Suffering: A Historian's Perspective; Bibliography; Chapter-11; Jewish Responses to Suffering; Introduction; Rabbinical Literature; Early Rabbinical Responses to Suffering; Theodicy-One Dilemma? or Two?; Suffering in the Babylonian Talmud; Conclusion; Bibliography; Chapter 12; Suffering and Ancient Therapy: Plato to Cicero; Greco-Roman Conceptions of Suffering; Common Philosophical Assumptions
    Description / Table of Contents: Poetic Alleviation of SufferingPathos and Emotion; Form and Content of the Tusculan Disputations; Conclusion: Therapeutic Method in the Tusculans; Bibliography; Chapter-13; Ancient Greek Responses to Suffering: Thinking with Philoctetes; Bibliography; Chapter-14; Historicizing Suffering; Bibliography; Chapter-15; The Politics of Suffering: Aboriginal Health in Contemporary Australia; The Disease of Politicisation; Disease and Conquest; Crowded House; Brief Interventions; Blaming the Victim?; Bibliography; Part III; Legal, Medical and Therapeutic Contexts; Chapter-16
    Description / Table of Contents: Some Aspects of Human Suffering and the Criminal Law
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400739833 , 1280798971 , 9781280798979
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 298p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Erkenntnistheorie ; Logik ; Wissenschaft ; Metaphysik
    Abstract: James Maclaurin
    Abstract: Rationis Defensor is to be a volume of previously unpublished essays celebrating the life and work of Colin Cheyne. Colin was until recently Head of the Department of Philosophy at the University of Otago, a department that can boast of many famous philosophers among its past and present faculty and which has twice been judged as the strongest research department across all disciplines in governmental research assessments. Colin is the immediate past President of the Australasian Association for Philosophy (New Zealand Division). He is the author of Knowledge, Cause, and Abstract Objects: Causal Objections to Platonism (Springer, 2001) and the editor, with Vladimir Svoboda and Bjorn Jespersen, of Pavel Tichy's Collected Papers in Logic and Philosophy (University of Otago Press, 2005) and, with John Worrall, of Rationality and Reality: Conversations with Alan Musgrave (Springer, 2006). This volume celebrates the dedication to rational enquiry and the philosophical style of Colin Cheyne. It also celebrates the distinctive brand of naturalistic philosophy for which Otago has become known. Contributors to the volume include a wide variety of philosophers, all with a personal connection to Colin, and all of whom are, in their own way, defenders of rationality.
    Description / Table of Contents: Rationis Defensor; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Part I: In Epistemology; Chapter 1: Getting Over Gettier; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Gettier Problem; 1.3 Externalism; References; Chapter 2: Justified Believing: Avoiding the Paradox; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Cheyne´s Alleged Paradox; 2.3 Two Internalist Conceptions of Justification; 2.3.1 Subjectively Justified Acts of Believing; 2.3.2 Objectively Justified Acts of Believing; 2.3.3 Related Distinctions; 2.4 Internalism and the Paradox; 2.4.1 Subjective (Deontological) Justification; 2.4.2 Objective Justification
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 ConclusionReferences; Chapter 3: Literature and Truthfulness; References; Chapter 4: The Buck-Passing Stops Here; 4.1 Scanlon´s Buck-Passing Arguments; 4.2 Extensions of Scanlon´s Arguments; 4.3 Reversals of Scanlon´s Arguments; 4.4 Further Extensions and Reversals; 4.5 Options for Scanlon; 4.6 Wide Issues; References; Part II: In Science; Chapter 5: Universal Darwinism: Its Scope and Limits; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Part One: The Paradox of Selection; 5.2.1 A Red Herring; 5.3 Part Two: A Profusion of Evolutionary Analyses; 5.3.1 The Problem of Non-genetic Inheritance
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.2 Approach One: The Extended Phenotype5.3.3 Approach Two: Memes; 5.3.4 Approach Three: Dual Inheritance; 5.3.5 Approach Four: Developmental Systems Theory; 5.3.6 Approach Five: Extended Replicator Theory; 5.3.7 Why Are There So Many Approaches?; 5.4 Part Three: Natural Selection Meets Functionalism; 5.4.1 Evolution´s Turing Test; 5.5 Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: The Future of Utilitarianism; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Broken World; 6.3 Two Models of Intergenerational Justice; 6.4 Towards Moderate Consequentialism; 6.4.1 Hooker´s Rule Consequentialism; 6.5 The Lexical Threshold
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.5.1 Ollie and the Oyster6.6 Lexical Thresholds in a Broken World; 6.7 Three Moderate Consequentialist Tricks; 6.7.1 First Trick. A Background of Innocence; 6.7.2 Second Trick. A Background of Entitlement; 6.7.3 Third Trick. A Liberal Ideal Code; References; Chapter 7: Kant on Experiment; 7.1 Bacon, Boyle, and Hooke; 7.2 Experiments and Hypotheses; 7.2.1 Experiments, Hypotheses, and Preliminary Judgements; 7.2.2 Hypotheses and Induction; 7.2.3 Hypotheses, Certainty, and Probability; 7.2.4 The Three Requirements for a Good Hypothesis; 7.3 Experiments and the Laws of Nature
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.4 Experiments and Heuristic Principles7.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Did Newton Feign the Corpuscular Hypothesis?; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Experimental Philosophy and the Royal Society; 8.3 Newton´s First Optical Paper; 8.4 Newton´s Method of Hypotheses; 8.5 Newton´s Corpuscular Hypothesis; 8.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 9: The Progress of Scotland and the Experimental Method; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 The Experimental/Speculative Distinction; 9.3 Bacon´s New Atlantis and Philosophical Societies; 9.4 The Evidence; 9.5 The Progress of Scotland; References; Part III: In Metaphysics
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 10: Propositions: Truth vs. Existence
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400738928
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 353p. 59 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Computer science ; Computers Law and legislation ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Computer science ; Computers Law and legislation ; Biometrie
    Abstract: Dimitros Tzovaras
    Abstract: While a sharp debate is emerging about whether conventional biometric technology offers society any significant advantages over other forms of identification, and whether it constitutes a threat to privacy, technology is rapidly progressing. Politicians and the public are still discussing fingerprinting and iris scan, while scientists and engineers are already testing futuristic solutions. Second generation biometrics - which include multimodal biometrics, behavioural biometrics, dynamic face recognition, EEG and ECG biometrics, remote iris recognition, and other, still more astonishing, applications - is a reality which promises to overturn any current ethical standard about human identification. Robots which recognise their masters, CCTV which detects intentions, voice responders which analyse emotions: these are only a few applications in progress to be developed. This book is the first ever published on ethical, social and privacy implications of second generation biometrics. Authors include both distinguished scientists in the biometric field and prominent ethical, privacy and social scholars. This makes this book an invaluable tool for policy makers, technologists, social scientists, privacy authorities involved in biometric policy setting. Moreover it is a precious instrument to update scholars from different disciplines who are interested in biometrics and its wider social, ethical and political implications.
    Description / Table of Contents: Second GenerationBiometrics: The Ethical,Legal and Social Context; Foreword: Privacy Implications of Biometrics; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 From Identity to Identification; 1.2 The Emergence of New Identi fi cation Technologies; 1.3 Biometric Technology; 1.4 Strong, Weak and Soft Biometrics; 1.5 First and Next Generation Biometrics; 1.6 Ethical, Social and Legal Implications; Part I: Foundations and Issues; Chapter 2: Epistemological Foundation of Biometrics; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Biometrics in the History of Science; 2.3 Which Unit of Measurement for Life?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.1 Biometrics Sensors2.4 From Action to Being; 2.5 Intentionality, Intentions and Emotions; 2.6 Epistemological Issues About Detectability of Intentionality; 2.7 Identity Digitalization; 2.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Biometric Recognition: An Overview; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Expectations from Biometrics Technologies; 3.3 First Generation Biometrics; 3.4 Second Generation Biometrics; 3.4.1 Engineering Perspective; 3.4.1.1 Data Acquisition Environment; Improving User Convenience; Improving Data Acquisition Quality; 3.4.1.2 Handling Poor Quality Data
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.1.3 Biometric System SecurityBiometrics Alteration and Spoof Detection; Template Protection; 3.4.1.4 Large-Scale Applications; 3.4.1.5 Soft Biometrics; 3.4.2 Application Perspective; 3.4.2.1 The Hong Kong Smart ID Card Experience; 3.5 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 4: Biometrics, Privacy and Agency; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Legal Principles Governing Personal Data; 4.3 The European Data Protection Framework and Biometrics; 4.4 The Article 29 Data Protection Working Party; 4.5 Data Protection Agencies
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6 Understanding the Privacy and Data Protection Challenges of Biometric Data Processing4.7 The Human Right to Data Protection and Privacy; 4.8 Some Useful Distinctions for the Privacy and Data Protection Debate; 4.9 Biometrics and the Second Generation; 4.10 Concerns; References; Part II: Emerging Biometrics and Technology Trends; Chapter 5: Gait and Anthropometric Profile Biometrics: A Step Forward; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 On the Potential of Body Measurements for User Authentication; 5.2.1 Authentication Potential of Gait as a Biometric
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2.2 Authentication Potential of Body Measurements as a Biometric5.3 Gait Biometric Technology; 5.3.1 Proposed Approach and Motivation; 5.3.2 Silhouette Extraction and Pre-processing Steps; 5.3.2.1 Background Estimation and Binary Silhouette Extraction; 5.3.2.2 Silhouette Enhancement Using Range Data; 5.3.3 Feature Extraction Phase; 5.3.3.1 Generalized Radon Transformations; 5.3.3.2 Orthogonal Discrete Transform Using Krawtchouk Moments; 5.3.4 Signature Matching; 5.3.5 Experimental Results and Conclusions; 5.4 An Innovative Sensing Seat for Human Authentication; 5.4.1 Sensing Seat Technology
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.1.1 Static and Dynamic Characterization of Conductive Elastomeric Sensor
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789048189960
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 241 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Hegel and global justice
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Political science Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich 1770-1831 ; Gerechtigkeit ; Globalisierung ; Philosophie ; Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich 1770-1831 ; Philosophie ; Gerechtigkeit
    Abstract: Andrew Buchwalter
    Abstract: Hegel and Global Justicedetails the relevance of the thought of G.W.F. Hegel for the burgeoning academic discussions of the topic of global justice. Against the conventional view that Hegel has little constructive to offer to these discussions, this collection, drawing on the expertise of distinguished Hegel scholars and internationally recognized political and social theorists, explicates the contribution both of Hegel himself and his 'dialectical' method to the analysis and understanding ofa wide range of topics associated with the concept of global justice, construed very broadly. These topics include universal human rights, cosmopolitanism, and cosmopolitan justice, transnationalism, international law, global interculturality, a global poverty, cosmopolitan citizenship, global governance, a global public sphere, a global ethos, and a global notion of collective self-identity. Attention is also accorded the value of Hegel's account of mutual recognition for analysing themes in global justice, both as regardsthe politics of recognition at the global level and the conditions for a general account of relations of people and persons under conditions of globalization. In exploring these and related themes, the authors of this book regularly compare Hegel to others who have contributed to the discourse on global justice, including Kant, Marx, Rawls, Habermas, Singer, Pogge, Nussbaum, Appiah, and David Miller.
    Description / Table of Contents: Hegel and Global Justice; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Hegel and Global Justice: An Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 A Taxonomy of Main Themes; 1.2.1 Cosmopolitanism; 1.2.2 National Sovereignty; 1.2.3 Universal Human Rights; 1.2.4 Global Poverty and Its Responsibilities; 1.2.5 Institutional Responses to Global Poverty; 1.2.6 Global Governance; 1.2.7 Global Identity; 1.2.8 War; 1.2.9 Recognition; 1.3 Chapter Synopses; 1.3.1 Hegel on Cosmopolitanism, International Relations, and the Challenges of Globalization; 1.3.2 Contra Leviathan: Hegel's Contribution to Cosmopolitan Critique
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.3 Between Statism and Cosmopolitanism: Hegel and the Possibility of Global Justice1.3.4 Toleration, Social Identity, and International Justice in Rawls and Hegel; 1.3.5 Hegel, Civil Society, and Globalization; 1.3.6 A Hegelian Approach to Global Poverty; 1.3.7 The Coming World Welfare State Which Hegel Could Not See; 1.3.8 The Citizen of the European Union from a Hegelian Perspective; 1.3.9 Hegel on War, Recognition, and Justice; 1.3.10 Hegel, Global Justice, and Mutual Recognition; 1.4 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Hegel on Cosmopolitanism, International Relations,and the Challenges of Globalization2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Hegel on Cosmopolitanism, International Relations, and Modern Sittlichkeit; 2.3 Hegel on Global Civil Society, Global Violence, and the Possibility of Global Community; 2.4 Conclusion; Bibliography; Chapter 3: Contra Leviathan: Hegel's Contribution to Cosmopolitan Critique; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Misreading Hegel; 3.3 Decentring the Modern State; 3.4 Hegel's Critique of Kant's Cosmopolitanism; 3.5 Beyond Natural Law; Bibliography
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Between Statism and Cosmopolitanism: Hegel and the Possibility of Global Justice4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Hegel on International Relations; 4.2.1 The State as an Independent, Self-sustaining Agent; 4.2.2 Anarchy; 4.2.3 Relations Between States; 4.2.4 Hegel's Realism in International Politics; 4.3 Bringing Together Statism and Cosmopolitanism; 4.4 Towards a Hegelian Theory of Global Justice; 4.5 Conclusion; Bibliography; Chapter 5: Toleration, Social Identity, and International Justicein Rawls and Hegel; 5.1 Decency as an International Norm; 5.2 Human Rights as Free Standing
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 Toleration5.4 Toleration and Liberalism; 5.5 Toleration and Cooperation; 5.6 Toleration and Reasonableness; 5.7 Toleration and Culture; 5.8 Hegel and the Value of Culture; 5.9 Right to Freedom; 5.10 Abstract Right and Personhood; 5.11 Moralität and the Right to Subjectivity; 5.12 Rational State; 5.13 Right to Freedom and International Law; 5.14 Conclusion; Bibliography; Chapter 6: Hegel, Civil Society, and Globalization; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Civil Society; 6.3 The Rights of Human Beings in Civil Society; 6.4 Free Trade, Civil Society, and Globalization
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.5 The State and the Cosmopolitan Order
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400740419 , 128079903X , 9781280799037
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 346p. 27 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Argumentation Library 22
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Literacy ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Literacy ; Humanities ; Argumentationstheorie
    Abstract: Bart Garssen
    Abstract: Topical Themes in Argumentation Theory brings together twenty exploratory studies on important subjects of research in contemporary argumentation theory. The essays are based on papers that were presented at the 7th Conference of the International Society for the Study of Argumentation (ISSA) in Amsterdam in June 2010. They give an impression of the nature and the variety of the kind of research that has recently been carried out in the study of argumentation.The volume starts with three essays that provide stimulating theoretical perspectives on argumentation. Subsequently, some views are explained on the intriguing topics of 'dissensus' and 'deep disagreement'. After a discussion of three different approaches to the treatment of types of argumentation some classical themes from antique argumentation theory are revisited. The new research area of visual argumentation is explored in the next part. The volume concludes with three reports of experimental studies concerning argumentative discourse. The volume starts with three essays that provide stimulating theoretical perspectives on argumentation. Subsequently, some views are explained on the intriguing topics of 'dissensus' and 'deep disagreement'. After a discussion of three different approaches to the treatment of types of argumentation some classical themes from antique argumentation theory are revisited. The new research area of visual argumentation is explored in the next part. The volume concludes with three reports of experimental studies concerning argumentative discourse. The volume starts with three essays that provide stimulating theoretical perspectives on argumentation. Subsequently, some views are explained on the intriguing topics of 'dissensus' and 'deep disagreement'. After a discussion of three different approaches to the treatment of types of argumentation some classical themes from antique argumentation theory are revisited. The new research area of visual argumentation is explored in the next part. The volume concludes with three reports of experimental studies concerning argumentative discourse.
    Description / Table of Contents: Topical Themes in Argumentation Theory; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Some Highlights in Recent Theorizing: An Introduction; References; Part I: Theoretical Perspectives; Chapter 2: Rhetorical Argument; 2.1 Rhetoric and Argument; 2.2 A Second Tradition; 2.3 Today's Study of Rhetorical Argument; 2.4 The Commitments of Rhetorical Argument; 2.5 Rhetorical Argument in the Context of Argumentation Studies; Notes; References; Chapter 3: Meta-argumentation : Prolegomena to a Dutch Project; 3.1 Historical Context of William the Silent's Apologia ( 1581)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Universal Cultural Significance of William's Apologia3.3 The Historical-Textual Approach to Argumentation; 3.4 The Meta-argumentation Project; 3.5 Meta-argumentation in the Subsequent Galileo Affair; 3.6 Theoretical Meta-arguments; 3.7 Famous Meta-arguments; 3.8 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 4: Wittgenstein's Influence on Hamblin's Concept of 'Dialectical'; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Meaning of 'Dialectical' in Chapter 7; 4.3 The Meaning of 'Dialectical' in Chapter 8; 4.4 The Meaning of 'Dialectical' in Chapter 9; 4.5 Summary and Synthesis: Hamblin's Conception of 'Dialectical'
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6 Wittgenstein's Influence on Hamblin4.7 Conclusion; Notes; References; Part II: Views on Dissensus and Deep Disagreement; Chapter 5: Can Argumentation Always Deal with Dissensus?; 5.1 A Case of Unreconciled Dissensus; 5.2 Fish's Challenge to Argumentation; 5.3 Is Argumentation Caught in a Dilemma?; 5.4 Can Argumentation Not Deal with Certain Cases of Dissensus?; Notes; References; Chapter 6: The Appeal for Transcendence: A Possible Response to Cases of Deep Disagreement; 6.1 The Emphasis on Agreement; 6.2 Deep Disagreement; 6.3 Incommensurability: End or Beginning of Analysis?
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 Possibilities for Overcoming Deep Disagreement6.4.1 Inconsistency: Hypocrisy and the Circumstantial ad hominem; 6.4.2 Packaging: Incorporation and Subsumption; 6.4.3 Time: Exhaustion and Urgency; 6.4.4 Changing the Ground: Interfield Borrowing and Frame-Shifting; 6.5 Two Case Studies; 6.5.1 Johnson on Education; 6.5.2 Zarefsky on Abortion; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Cultural Diversity, Cognitive Breaks, and Deep Disagreement: Polemic Argument; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Common Ground, Deep Disagreement, and Cognitive Breaks; 7.3 Cultural Diversity and Deep Disagreement
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.4 Antilogical Reasoning7.5 Conclusion; References; Part III: Types of Argumentation; Chapter 8: When Figurative Analogies Fail: Fallacious Uses of Arguments from Analogy; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 On the Structure of Figurative Analogies; 8.3 Criteria for the Evaluation of Arguments from Figurative Analogy; 8.4 Case Studies; 8.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 9: Current Issues in Conductive Argument Weight; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Wellman's 'Heft' and Premise Weight; 9.3 Govier's 'Exceptions' and Issues of Quantification and Cases; 9.4 Trevor Bench-Capon's Value-Based, Case-Based Reasoning
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.5 Robert C. Pinto on Conductive Weight
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400739888 , 128079898X , 9781280798986
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 412 p, digital)
    Series Statement: International Archives of the History of Ideas Archives internationales d'histoire des idées 207
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Reid, Jasper The metaphysics of Henry More
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Religion (General) ; More, Henry 1614-1687 ; More, Henry 1614-1687
    Abstract: More's centrality in seventeenth-century metaphysics is undisputed. This sustained examination of More's own highly systematic philosophy offers readers a rounded assessment and provides fresh insights thus far missed in the secondary literature
    Description / Table of Contents: The Metaphysics of Henry More; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 The Place of Henry More in Seventeenth-Century Thought; 2 More's Goals, Targets and In fluences; 3 Epistemology and Rhetoric; Chapter 2: Atoms and Void; 1 Background; 2 Henry More on Atoms; 3 The Void; 4 The Extension of the Universe, and Extra-mundane Void; 5 Impenetrability; 6 Atomic Shape; Chapter 3: Hyle, or First Matter; 1 Background; 2 Hyle, Atoms and Space in More's Philosophicall Poems; 3 More's Equivocation on the Nature of Hyle, 1653-1662; 4 More's Mature Conception of Hyle; Chapter 4: Real Space; 1 Background
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Immobility of the Parts of Space3 What Space Could Not Be; 4 The Reception of More's Theories of Space; Chapter 5: Spiritual Presence; 1 Background: Holenmerianism and Nullibism; 2 More's Refutation of Nullibism; 3 More and Holenmerianism; 3.1 Early Endorsement; 3.2 Transition; 3.3 Refutation; 3.4 Transubstantiation; 4 Time and Eternity; 4.1 The Duration of the Universe; 4.2 God's Presence in Time; Chapter 6: Spiritual Extension; 1 Introduction; 2 Indiscerpibility; 3 Penetrability; 4 Self-penetration, Essential Spissitude and Hylopathia; 4.1 Essential Spissitude as a Dimension
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Essential Spissitude as Density4.3 Hylopathia and Saturation; 4.4 Essential Spissitude and God; 5 The Divinity of Space; 6 Divine Space Before and After Henry More; Chapter 7: Living Matter; 1 Life and Soul; 2 Gradual Monism in More's Philosophicall Poems; 3 Life and Causation in the More-Descartes Correspondence and Beyond; 4 Anne Conway and Francis Mercury van Helmont; 5 The Eagle-Boy-Bee; 6 More-Conway-van Helmont-Leibniz; Chapter 8: Mechanism and Its Limits; 1 Introduction; 2 Mechanism in More's Early Works; 3 The Limits of Mechanism: Some Case-Studies; 4 'Mixed Mechanics'
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 The Fate of the Mechanical Philosophy: Boyle, Newton, and BeyondChapter 9: The Spirit of Nature; 1 Background; 2 Psyche , Physis , the Mundane Spright, and the Spirit of the World; 3 The Spirit of Nature and Particular Spirits; 4 Occasionalism Versus Bungles; 5 The Fate of the Spirit of Nature; Chapter 10: The Life of the Soul; 1 The Pre-existence of the Soul; 2 The Immortality of the Soul, and Aerial and Aethereal Vehicles; 3 The Animal and Divine Lives; 4 The Fall and Rise of the Soul; Chapter 11: Editions Cited; 1 Works of Henry More; 2 Other Pre-1800 Works; 3 Post-1800 Works; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400739918 , 1280798998 , 9781280798993
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 568 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Environmental, Agricultural and Food Ethics 19
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Maier, Donald S. What's so good about biodiversity?
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of nature ; Biodiversity ; Environmental sciences ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of nature ; Biodiversity ; Environmental sciences ; Economics ; Biodiversity ; Biodiversität ; Bewertung ; Ökosystemdienstleistung ; Biodiversität
    Abstract: There has been a deluge of material on biodiversity, starting from a trickle back in the mid-1980's. However, this book is entirely unique in its treatment of the topic. It is unique in its meticulously crafted, scientifically informed, philosophical examination of the norms and values that are at the heart of discussions about biodiversity. And it is unique in its point of view, which is the first to comprehensively challenge prevailing views about biodiversity and its value. According to those dominant views, biodiversity is an extremely good thing so good that it has become the emblem of natural value. The book's broader purpose is to use biodiversity as a lens through which to view the nature of natural value. It first examines, on their own terms, the arguments for why biodiversity is supposed to be a good thing. This discussion cuts a very broad and detailed swath through the scientific, economic, and environmental literature. It finds all these arguments to be seriously wanting. Worse, these arguments appear to have consequences that should dismay and perplex most environmentalists. The book then turns to a deeper analysis of these failures and suggests that they result from posing value questions from within a framework that is inappropriate for nature's value. It concludes with a novel suggestion for framing natural value. This new proposal avoids the pitfalls of the ones that prevail in the promotion of biodiversity. And it exposes the goals of conservation biology, restoration biology, and the world's largest conservation organizations as badly ill-conceived.
    Description / Table of Contents: What's So Good About Biodiversity?; Contents; Chapter 1: Prologue; 1.1 Why This Book?; 1.2 Mixing Philosophy with Biology; 1.3 The Scope and Chief Goal of This Book; Chapter 2: Preliminaries; 2.1 An Environmental Philosopher's Conception of Value; 2.1.1 Concepts and Categories of Value; 2.1.2 Approaches and Key Questions of Moral Theory; 2.1.2.1 Consequentialism; 2.1.2.2 Deontology; 2.1.2.3 Virtue Ethics; 2.1.3 Where Biodiversity Fits in the Philosophical Picture; 2.2 Reasoning About Biodiversity - A Catalog of Fallacies; 2.2.1 The Bare Assertion Fallacy
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.2 Red Herring or Chewbacca Defense2.2.3 Fallacies of Accident; 2.2.4 The Fallacy of Correlation; 2.2.5 Circularity Fallacies or Begging the Question; 2.2.6 The Fallacy of Modality or Speculation Posed as Fact; 2.2.7 The Fallacy of Equivocation; 2.3 Cautionary Signs; 2.3.1 Abstraction; 2.3.2 The Value of Diversity in General; Chapter 3: What Biodiversity Is; 3.1 The Core Concept; 3.1.1 Egalitarianism; 3.1.2 Fungibility; 3.1.3 Questionable Factors; 3.1.3.1 Abundances; 3.1.3.2 Abiotic Conditions; 3.1.3.3 Interactions; 3.1.3.4 Place; 3.2 Characteristics; 3.3 Biological Categories and Kinds
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.1 Ta legomena in Biology3.3.2 Which Categories and Kinds Qualify; 3.3.2.1 Features; 3.3.2.2 Abundances (Again); 3.3.2.3 Functions; 3.3.3 Multiple Dimensions; 3.3.4 Place and Scale; 3.3.4.1 Place (Again); 3.3.4.2 Scale; Chapter 4: What Biodiversity Is Not; 4.1 Category Mistakes; 4.1.1 Wilderness; 4.1.2 Measures and Indexes; 4.1.3 Particular Species; 4.1.4 Particular Ecosystems; 4.1.5 Biodiversity as Process; 4.2 Accretive Conceptions; 4.2.1 Charisma and Cultural Symbolism; 4.2.2 Rarity; 4.2.2.1 Geographical Rarity; 4.2.2.2 Abundance Rarity; 4.2.3 Uniqueness
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: The Calculus of Biodiversity Value5.1 How Biodiversity Relates to Its Value; 5.1.1 The Incremental Model; 5.1.2 The Quantum Jump Model; 5.1.3 The Threshold Model; 5.1.4 The Just-So Model; 5.2 Value Interrelationships; 5.3 The Moral Force of Biodiversity; Chapter 6: Theories of Biodiversity Value; 6.1 Unspecified "Moral Reasons"; 6.2 Biodiversity as Resource; 6.3 Biodiversity as Service Provider; 6.4 Biodiversity as (Human) Life Sustainer; 6.5 Biodiversity as a Cornerstone of Human Health; 6.5.1 Biodiversity as Pharmacopoeia; 6.5.2 Biodiversity as Safeguard Against Infection
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.6 Biodiversity as Progenitor of Biophilia6.7 Biodiversity as Value Generator; 6.8 Biodiversity as Font of Knowledge; 6.9 Biodiversity Options; 6.9.1 Option Value and Conservation; 6.9.2 Risk, Uncertainty and Ignorance; 6.9.3 Quasi-option Value and Conservation; 6.9.4 Specific Claims About the Option Value of Biodiversity; 6.9.4.1 Phylogeny; 6.9.4.2 Bioprospecting; 6.9.4.3 Ecological Option Value; 6.10 Biodiversity as Transformative; 6.11 The Experiential Value of Biodiversity; 6.12 Biodiversity as the Natural Order; 6.13 Other Value-Influencing Factors; 6.13.1 Viability and Endangerment
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.13.2 Efficiency
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9789400740860 , 1280786299 , 9781280786297
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 324 p. 41 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Literacy Studies, Perspectives from Cognitive Neurosciences, Linguistics, Psychology and Education 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Reading, writing, mathematics and the developing brain
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Psychology ; Psycholinguistics ; Consciousness ; Philosophy (General) ; Psycholinguistics ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Gehirn ; Neurowissenschaften
    Abstract: Reading . Chapter 1. Introduction to the Reading and Writing Sections -- Chapter 2. Evidence of Dynamic Changes in Brain Processing from Imaging Techniques: Implications for Interventions for Developmental Disabilities -- Chapter 3. Magnetic Source Imaging: A Suitable Tool of Exploring the Neurophysiology of Typical and Impaired Reading Ability -- Chapter 4. ERP Studies of Reading Disabilities -- Chapter 5. A Model of Brain Activity of Young as Compared to Adult Dyslexic Readers, and their Outcomes from Intervention -- Chapter 6. Optimizing Reading Enhancement: Evidence from Brain Research -- Chapter 7. The Error Detection Mechanism among Dyslexic and Skilled Readers: Characterization and Plasticity -- Chapter 8. Reading in more than one Language: Behavior and Brain Perspectives . Writing and Motor Skills -- Chapter 9. Spelling Disability - Neurophysiologic Correlates and Intervention -- Chapter 10. The Relationships between Motor Learning, the Visual System and Dyslexia -- Mathematics . Chapter 11. Numerical Cognition: From Development to Intervention (Introduction) -- Chapter 12. The Beginning of the Road: Learning Mathematics for the First Time -- Chapter 13. Ordinal Processing of Numerical and Non-numerical Information -- Chapter 14. Diagnostics and Intervention in Developmental Dyscalculia: Current Issues and Novel Perspectives -- Chapter 15. New Approaches to Teaching Early Number Skills and to Remediate Number Fact Dyscalculia -- Chapter 16. Number Sense in Low-performing Kindergarten Children: effects of a Working Memory and an Early Math Training
    Abstract: This valuable addition to the literature offers readers a comprehensive overview of recent brain imaging research focused on reading, writing and mathematics-a research arena characterized by rapid advances that follow on the heels of fresh developments and techniques in brain imaging itself. With contributions from many of the lead scientists in this field, a number of whom have been responsible for key breakthroughs, the coverage deals with the commonalities of, as well as the differences between, brain activity related to the three core educational topics. At the same time, the volume addresses vital new information on both brain and behavior indicators of developmental problems, and points out the new directions being pursued using current advances in brain imaging technologies as well as research-based interventions. The book is also a tribute to a new Edmund, J Safra Brain center for the study of learning Disabilities at the University of Haifa-Israel
    Description / Table of Contents: Reading, Writing, Mathematics and the Developing Brain:Listening to Many Voices; Section Editors; Reading and Writing and Motor Skills: Zvia Breznitz, Ph.D.; Mathematics Section: Orly Rubinsten, Ph.D.; Acknowledgment; Contents; Contributors; Introduction to Reading and Writing Sections; Evidence of Dynamic Changes in Brain Processing from Imaging Techniques: Implications for Interventions for Developmental Disabilities; 1 Cognitive Skills; 1.1 Alphabetic Knowledge; 1.2 Phonological Processing; 1.3 Phonological Memory; 1.4 Naming Speed
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Role of Phonological-Based Processing Skills in At-Risk Young Children3 Electrophysiological Measures of Reading Performance in Infants and Children; 4 A Neurodevelopmental Model for Normal and Abnormal Development of Cognitive Skills; References; Magnetic Source Imaging: A Suitable Tool of Exploring the Neurophysiology of Typical and Impaired Reading Ability; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Type of Activation Imaged with Magnetoencephalography; 1.2 Recording the Magnetic Flux; 1.3 The Averaging Procedure; 2 Source Estimation: Solving the Inverse Problem; 2.1 Single Dipolar Methods
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Minimum Norm Estimates3 MEG Studies with Clinical Populations; 3.1 Applications of MEG to the Study of Reading Difficulties; 3.2 The Neurobiological Substrate of Reading in Children and Adults; 3.3 Altered Brain Circuits in Reading Disability; 3.4 Reading Intervention Studies; 4 Conclusions; References; Imaging Studies of Reading Disabilities in Children; 1 Imaging Studies of Reading Disabilities; 2 ERP Background; 3 Difficulties Studying RD; 4 ERPs and Reading Disabilities; 5 Studying RD in Response to Intervention; 6 Studying RTI with ERP; 7 Summary; References
    Description / Table of Contents: A Model of Brain Activity of Young as Compared to Adult Dyslexic Readers and Outcomes After Intervention1 Introduction; 1.1 The Current Study; 1.2 The Participants; 1.2.1 Adults; 1.2.2 Children; 1.3 Procedure; 1.4 The Gap Measure; 2 Results; 2.1 The Behavioral Reading and Reading-Related Tasks; 2.2 Basic Speed of Processing Tasks; 2.2.1 Auditory Tasks; 2.2.2 Visual Tasks; 2.3 Phonological and Orthographic Tasks; 2.3.1 Phonological Ability; 2.3.2 Orthographic Ability; 2.4 Summary; 2.5 Intervention; 2.6 LORETA - Low Resolution Brain Electromagnetic Tomography Analysis; 3 Summary; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Optimizing Reading Enhancement: Evidence from Brain Research1 Research Tools, Technology and Methodology; 1.1 High-Resolution Spatial Information; 1.2 High-Resolution Temporal Information; 2 Brain Plasticity; 2.1 Increase in Gray Matter Volume; 2.2 Neurogenesis; 2.3 Prevention of Cell Mortality; 2.4 Expansion of Neural Networks; 3 Neuroscience and Dyslexia; 3.1 Brain Activation During Reading and Reading-Related Tasks; 3.1.1 Inferior Frontal Area; 3.1.2 Temporo-Parietal Area; 3.1.3 Posterior Temporal Area; 3.2 GMV in Dyslexia; 4 Dyslexia and Cognition; 5 Dyslexia, Intervention and the Brain
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Challenging the Brain: The Reading Acceleration Phenomenon and Training
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400729964
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 58p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Tonon de Toscano, Graciela Young people's quality of life and construction of citizenship
    DDC: 306
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Education, Higher ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology ; Social Sciences ; Sozialpsychologie ; Lebensqualität ; Staatsbürgerschaft ; Jugend ; Soziale Bedingung ; Sozialpsychologie
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9789048189601
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 618p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Postema, Gerald J. A treatise of legal philosophy and general jurispudence ; 11: Legal philosophy in the twentieth century: the common law world
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law History ; Philosophy ; Law ; Philosophy ; Jurisprudence
    Abstract: G.J. Postema
    Abstract: A Treatise of Legal Philosophy and General Jurisprudence is the first-ever multivolume treatment of the issues in legal philosophy and general jurisprudence, from both a theoretical and a historical perspective. The work is aimed at jurists as well as legal and practical philosophers. Edited by the renowned theorist Enrico Pattaro and his team, this book is a classical reference work that would be of great interest to legal and practical philosophers as well as to jurists and legal scholar at all levels. The work is divided The theoretical part (published in 2005), consisting of five volumes, covers the main topics of the contemporary debate; the historical part, consisting of six volumes (Volumes 6-8 published in 2007; Volumes 9 and 10, published in 2009; Volume 11 will be published in 2011 and volume 12 forthcoming in 2012), accounts for the development of legal thought from ancient Greek times through the twentieth century. The entire set will be completed with an index.Volume 11 Legal Philosophy in the Twentieth Century: The Common Law WorldLegal Philosophy in the Twentieth Century: The Common Law World offers a fresh, philosophically engaged, critical interpretation of the main currents of jurisprudential thought in the English-speaking world of the 20th century. It tells the tale of two lectures and their legacies: Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr.s The Path of Law (1897) and H.L.A. Harts Holmes Lecture, Positivism and the Separation of Law and Morals (1958). Holmess radical challenge to late 19th century legal science gave birth to a rich variety of competing approaches to understanding law and legal reasoning from realism to economic jurisprudence to legal pragmatism, from recovery of key elements of common law jurisprudence and rule of law doctrine in the work of Llewellyn, Fuller and Hayek to root-and-branch attacks on the ideology of law by the Critical Legal Studies and Feminist movements. Hart,simultaneously building upon and transforming the undations of Austinian analytic jurisprudence laid in the early 20th century, introduced rigorous philosophical method to English-speaking jurisprudence and offered a reinterpretation of legal positivism which set the agenda for analytic legal philosophy to the end of the century and beyond. A wide-ranging debate over the role of moral principles in legal reasoning, sparked by Dworkins fundamental challenge to Harts theory, generated competing interpretations of and fundamental challenges to core doctrines of Harts positivism, including the nature and role of conventions at the foundations of law and the methodology of philosophical jurisprudence.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...